Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2003

 

Commission File Number 1-31565

 

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   06-1377322

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

615 Merrick Avenue, Westbury, New York 11590

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) (516) 683-4100

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
(Title of Class)   (Name of exchange on which registered)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not considered herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)

Yes x No ¨

 

As of June 30, 2003, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock outstanding of the registrant was $3.5 billion, excluding 24.9 million shares held by all directors and executive officers of the registrant. This figure is based on the closing price as reported by the New York Stock Exchange for a share of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2003, which was $21.82 as reported in The Wall Street Journal on July 1, 2003.

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 5, 2004 was 271,752,507 shares.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2004, and the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference – Parts I, II, and III.

 



Table of Contents

CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

 

          Page

Forward-looking Statements and Associated Risk Factors

   1

PART I

         

Item 1.

   Business    1

Item 2.

   Properties    35

Item 3

   Legal Proceedings    35

Item 4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    35

PART II

         

Item 5.

   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    35

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data    36

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    36

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    36

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    36

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    36

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    37

PART III

         

Item 10.

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    37

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    37

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    38

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    38

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    38

PART IV

         

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K    39

Signatures

        43

 


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISK FACTORS

 

This filing, like many written and oral communications presented by the Company and its authorized officials, may contain certain forward-looking statements regarding the Company’s prospective performance and strategies within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of said safe harbor provisions.

 

Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations of the Company, are generally identified by use of the words “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effects of its plans or strategies, including its recent merger with Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. (“Roslyn”), is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual results may differ materially from anticipated results.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause the actual results of the Roslyn merger to differ materially from the expectations stated in this filing: the ability to successfully integrate the companies following the merger, including the retention of key personnel; the ability to effect the proposed balance sheet restructuring; the ability to fully realize the expected cost savings and revenues; and the ability to realize the expected cost savings and revenues on a timely basis.

 

Additional factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions; interest rates, deposit flows, loan demand, real estate values, competition, and demand for financial services and loan, deposit, and investment products in the Company’s local markets; changes in the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios; changes in accounting principles, policies, or guidelines; changes in legislation and regulation; changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; war or terrorist activities; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, geopolitical, and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing, and services.

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Formerly known as Queens County Bancorp, Inc., New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant,” the “Holding Company,” or, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 20, 1993, to serve as the holding company for New York Community Bank (the “Bank”), which was formerly known as Queens County Savings Bank. The Bank was established on April 14, 1859 and was the first savings bank chartered by the State of New York in the New York City Borough of Queens. The Company acquired all of the stock of the Bank upon its conversion from a New York State-chartered mutual savings bank to a New York State-chartered stock-form savings bank on November 23, 1993.

 

On November 21, 2000, the Company changed its name to New York Community Bancorp, Inc., in anticipation of its acquisition of Haven Bancorp, Inc. (“Haven”), parent company of CFS Bank. On November 30, 2000, Haven was merged with and into the Company, and on January 31, 2001, CFS Bank merged with and into New York Community Bank.

 

1


Table of Contents

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed a merger-of-equals with Richmond County Financial Corp. (“Richmond County”), parent company of Richmond County Savings Bank. At the same time, Richmond County Savings Bank merged with and into the Bank.

 

On October 31, 2003, the Company merged with Roslyn in a purchase transaction (“the Rosyln merger”) calling for the exchange of 0.75 Company common shares (pre-split) for each share of Roslyn common stock held at the merger date. At the same time, The Roslyn Savings Bank merged with and into the Bank. The Company’s 2003 earnings reflect two months of combined operations. Its 2003 earnings per share reflect the issuance of 75,824,353 shares pursuant to the merger and the simultaneous retirement of 2,757,533 shares of Company common stock that had been purchased by Roslyn prior to the merger date.

 

Unless otherwise stated, the number of shares in the preceding paragraph and in the remainder of this filing have been adjusted to reflect a 4-for-3 stock split on February 17, 2004 and an earlier 4-for-3 stock split on May 21, 2003.

 

The assets and liabilities acquired in the Roslyn merger are reported throughout this filing at their respective book values as of October 31, 2003, unless otherwise indicated.

 

On December 19, 2003, the Company sold its South Jersey Bank Division, consisting of eight branches with $340.3 million of total deposits, to a third party. The sale generated a gain of $37.6 million, which was recorded in “other operating income” in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

On January 30, 2004, the Company issued 13.5 million shares of common stock in a follow-on offering that generated net proceeds of $399.5 million, including $300.0 million that was contributed by the Company to the Bank.

 

On February 27, 2004, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company authorized the repurchase of up to five million shares of the Company’s common stock, to commence upon completion of the 5.2 million-share repurchase authorized by the Board on June 26, 2004.

 

The Bank’s principal business consists of accepting retail deposits from the general public in the areas surrounding its branch offices and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, into multi-family, commercial real estate, and construction loans. The Bank also invests its cash flows into mortgage-backed and –related securities and, to a lesser extent, into various debt and equity securities. To reduce its exposure to credit and interest rate risk, the Company originates one-to-four family and other loans on a pass-through basis, selling such loans to a third-party conduit upon the loans being closed. In addition, the Company has been repositioning its assets since the Roslyn merger was completed, with the intent of restoring them to their pre-merger mix. In connection with this strategy, the Company sold $129.9 million of other loans it acquired in the merger in the first quarter of 2004, and is permitting the run-off of one-to-four family and other loans as their borrowers prepay.

 

The Bank’s revenues are derived principally from the interest income generated by its loan and securities portfolios and, to a lesser extent, from retail banking fees. The Bank also derives other non-interest revenues from its investment in Bank-owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”); its 100% equity interest in Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc. (“PBC”), an investment advisory firm; its joint venture activities; and the sale of third-party investment products.

 

The Bank maintains various subsidiaries for the following purposes: (a) maintaining ownership of specific real estate properties utilized by the Bank as retail branches or acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or otherwise in connection with its lending activities; (b) operating as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”); (c) offering annuity, mutual fund, and insurance products; (d) operating a captive reinsurance company for the purpose of reinsuring policies of mortgage insurance; (e) operating as a joint venture partner in the development of residential communities; or (f) operating an investment advisory firm. The Bank’s subsidiaries are organized in New York, New Jersey, Delaware, or Vermont. In addition, the Company maintains statutory business trust

 

2


Table of Contents

subsidiaries that were formed in Delaware or Connecticut for the exclusive purpose of issuing guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in junior subordinated debentures and using the proceeds to acquire junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company.

 

The Bank currently serves its customers through a network of 140 banking offices in New York City, Long Island, Westchester County, and New Jersey, and operates through seven divisions with strong local identities: Queens County Savings Bank, Roslyn Savings Bank, Richmond County Savings Bank, Roosevelt Savings Bank, CFS Bank, First Savings Bank of New Jersey, and Ironbound Bank. In addition to operating the largest supermarket banking franchise in the New York metro region, with 52 in-store branches, the Bank ranks among the region’s leading producers of multi-family mortgage loans in New York City.

 

The Company also serves its customers and shareholders through its website, www.myNYCB.com. Earnings releases, dividend announcements, and other press releases are typically available at this site within five minutes of issuance. In addition, the Company’s SEC filings (including its annual report on Form 10-K; its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; and its current reports on Form 8-K) and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available without charge at the web site, typically within five minutes of being filed.

 

General

 

The Company recorded total assets of $23.4 billion at December 31, 2003, up $12.1 billion, or 107.2%, from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. In addition to the assets acquired in the Roslyn merger, the increase reflects a record volume of mortgage loan production over the course of the year.

 

The Company recorded total loans of $10.5 billion at December 31, 2003, as compared to $5.4 billion at the prior year-end. The Roslyn merger contributed $3.6 billion of loans at the time of the merger; in addition, the Company originated $4.3 billion of loans over the twelve-month period.

 

Mortgage loans represented $10.2 billion, or 43.5%, of total assets, at December 31, 2003, up from $5.4 billion, or 47.8%, of total assets at December 31, 2002. Included in the year-end 2003 balance were multi-family loans totaling $7.4 billion, signifying a $2.9 billion, or 63.9%, increase from the year-earlier amount. In addition to the multi-family loans acquired in the merger, the increase in multi-family loans reflects twelve-month originations totaling $3.4 billion, representing 78.9% of total mortgage loans produced in 2003.

 

The year-over-year increase in total loans also reflects a $911.7 million increase in commercial real estate loans to $1.4 billion, a $526.5 million increase in construction loans to $643.5 million, a $465.2 million increase in one-to-four family loans to $731.0 million, and a $232.8 million increase in other loans to $311.6 million. While the increases in one-to-four family and other loans were entirely attributable to the Roslyn merger, the increases in commercial real estate and construction loans outstanding also reflect a record volume of loans produced by the Company during 2003.

 

The Company experienced a significant level of loan prepayments in 2003. Reflecting its emphasis on multi-family lending, the Company retained the majority of multi-family loans that refinanced during the year, while allowing the one-to-four family loans that refinanced to run off. This practice was consistent with the Company’s focus on enhancing the quality of its assets and was a key component of its post-merger balance sheet repositioning.

 

At December 31, 2003, non-performing assets rose $17.9 million, or 108.5%, to $34.4 million from the level recorded at the prior year-end. Despite the increase, the ratio of non-performing assets to total assets was 0.15% at December 31, 2003, unchanged from the ratio at December 31, 2002. Non-performing loans rose $18.0 million, or 110.1%, to $34.3 million, and represented 0.33% of loans, net, as compared to 0.30% at the year-earlier date.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Company recorded no net charge-offs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and no provisions for loan losses during this time. However, the allowance for loan losses rose from $40.5 million at December 31, 2002 to $78.3 million, reflecting the addition of Roslyn’s $37.8 million loan loss allowance on October 31, 2003. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for loan losses represented 228.01% of non-performing loans and 0.74% of loans, net.

 

In addition to enhancing the quality of its assets, the Company focused on a strategy of leveraged growth in 2003. Reflecting the deployment of borrowings into securities investments, the portfolio of securities available for sale rose $2.3 billion, or 58.8%, to $6.3 billion, while the portfolio of securities held to maturity rose $2.7 billion, or 486.5%, to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2003. Mortgage-backed securities, with an average life of 3.51 years, represented $5.5 billion, or 87.6%, of the available-for-sale portfolio. Mortgage-backed securities, with an average life of 3.06 years, represented $2.0 billion, or 63.3%, of the held-to-maturity portfolio. The remainder of the available-for-sale portfolio consisted primarily of capital trust notes and corporate bonds, while the remainder of the held-to-maturity portfolio consisted primarily of trust preferred securities, capital trust notes, and corporate bonds. The Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) stock totaled $170.9 million at December 31, 2003, as compared to $186.9 million at December 31, 2002.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company’s borrowings totaled $9.9 billion, up $5.3 billion, or 116.3%, from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. Included in the 2003 amount were FHLB-NY advances of $2.4 billion; repurchase agreements of $6.8 billion; and trust preferred securities of $590.1 million.

 

Additional funding stemmed from a $2.7 billion, or 80.5%, increase in core deposits (consisting of NOW and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts) to $6.0 billion, representing 57.8% of total deposits at year-end 2003. At the same time, certificates of deposit (“CDs”) rose $2.4 billion, or 123.8%, to $4.4 billion, representing 42.2% of total deposits at the corresponding date. The across-the-board increase in deposits was the net effect of the deposits acquired in the Roslyn merger and the sale of the South Jersey Bank branches, which contained $340.0 million of deposits, in the fourth quarter of the year.

 

While core deposits and borrowings were the Company’s primary funding sources, funding also stemmed from a robust level of one-to-four family loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments during 2003. The funding derived from these sources was further supplemented by funds derived from loan and securities sales totaling $3.6 billion and from the scheduled maturity of loans and securities.

 

At December 31, 2003, stockholders’ equity totaled $2.9 billion, up $1.5 billion, or 116.7%, from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. The 2003 amount was equivalent to 12.24% of total assets and a book value per share of $11.40, based on 251,580,425 shares. On January 30, 2004, the Company issued 13.5 million shares of common stock in a follow-on offering that generated net proceeds of $399.5 million, boosting its year-end 2003 stockholders’ equity on a pro forma basis to $3.3 billion and its pro forma book value per share to $12.33.

 

Reflecting the record level of mortgage loans produced, the leveraged growth of the balance sheet, and two months of combined operations with Roslyn, the Company recorded 2003 net income of $323.4 million, up 41.1% from $229.2 million in 2002. The 2003 amount provided a 20.74% return on average stockholders’ equity and a 2.26% return on average assets, and was equivalent to a 32.0% increase in diluted earnings per share to $1.65 from $1.25.

 

The growth in 2003 earnings was supported by a $131.7 million, or 35.3%, increase in net interest income to $505.0 million and a $62.2 million, or 61.1%, increase in other operating income to $164.0 million. The growth in net interest income stemmed from a $149.7 million rise in the interest income produced by the Company’s loans and investments, which significantly exceeded the $17.9 million rise in the interest expense produced by its interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Other operating income stemmed from a variety of sources, including

 

4


Table of Contents

the aforementioned gain on the sale of the South Jersey Bank branches; fee income from operations; net gains on the sale of securities; and other sources of revenues, including the Company’s investment in BOLI, its 100% equity investment in PBC, and the sale of third-party investment products.

 

Reflecting the strength of its earnings and its capital position, the Company increased its quarterly cash dividend in each quarter of 2003, and in the first quarter of 2004. In addition, the Company maintained an active share repurchase program, allocating $237.9 million in 2003 toward the repurchase of 11,281,374 shares, including 2,757,533 shares that were retired in connection with the Roslyn merger. The number of shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 was 256,649,073, as the number of shares repurchased was offset by the shares issued pursuant to the merger and by the exercise of stock options over the course of the year. At March 5, 2004, the number of shares outstanding was 271,752,507, reflecting 68,353,877 shares issued in connection with the 4-for-3 stock split on February 17, 2004; 1,004,403 shares repurchased since December 31, 2003; and the 13.5 million shares issued in connection with the Company’s follow-on offering on January 30, 2004.

 

Market Area and Competition

 

The Company enjoys a significant presence in the New York metro region, with 140 branches serving the five boroughs of New York City, and Nassau, Suffolk, and Westchester counties in New York, and Essex, Union, and Hudson counties in New Jersey. In Queens, Staten Island, and Nassau County, the Bank ranks as the second largest thrift depository, with 32, 23, and 35 locations and market shares of 8.7%, 19.3%, and 9.9%, respectively. The remainder of the franchise consists of 25 branches in Suffolk County; nine each in Brooklyn and New Jersey; four in Westchester County; one in Manhattan; and two in the Bronx. The Company’s multi-family market niche is also centered in the New York metro region and primarily consists of buildings that are rent-controlled or -stabilized.

 

The Company’s ability to attract deposits and originate loans is impacted by several factors, including current economic conditions and competition with other banks and financial service entities. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the region experienced a high level of unemployment due to prolonged weakness in the national economy and a decline in the local economy. Following an extended period of economic adversity marked by layoffs in the financial services and defense industries and by corporate relocations and downsizings, the local economy began to improve. In 2000 and early 2001, the residential and commercial real estate markets were favorably impacted by increased demand for housing and development, low unemployment levels, and a strong underlying economy. While the local market was again impacted by rising unemployment and economic decline following the tragic events of September 11, 2001, these factors have since been mitigated by a significant increase in loan demand and production fueled by the reduction of market interest rates over the past two to three years.

 

The Bank faces significant competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Its market area has a high density of financial institutions, many of which have greater financial and marketing resources than the Bank, and several of which enjoy a presence that extends well beyond the New York metro region. The Bank vies with commercial banks, other savings banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations for deposits, and with the same institutions, as well as mortgage banking and insurance companies, for loans. In addition, the Bank faces competition from non-traditional financial service companies and from companies that solicit loans and deposits over the Internet.

 

In recent years, competition has increased as a result of regulatory actions and legislative changes, most notably the enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. These changes have eased restrictions on interstate banking and the entrance into the financial services market by non-traditional and non-depository financial services providers, including insurance companies and brokerage and underwriting firms.

 

Reflecting the entry of new banks into the market, the Bank has recently faced increased competition for the origination of multi-family loans. While management anticipates that competition for multi-family loans will

 

5


Table of Contents

continue to rise in the future, the level of loans produced in 2003 and in the current first quarter would indicate that the Company has the resources to compete effectively. However, no assurances can be made that the Bank will be able to sustain its leadership role in the multi-family lending market, given that loan production may be influenced by competition as well as by such other factors as economic conditions and market interest rates.

 

The Company’s ability to compete for deposits has been enhanced by the growth of its branch network through merger transactions and, to a lesser extent, through de novo development. In addition, the Company places an emphasis on convenience by featuring 24-hour banking, both on line through the Internet and through a network of 147 automated teller machines (“ATMs”).

 

Lending Activities

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The Company’s loan portfolio consists primarily of multi-family loans secured by rental and cooperative apartment buildings in New York City and, to a lesser extent, commercial real estate and construction loans secured by properties in the New York metro area. While the Company also originates one-to-four family and other loans as a customer service, such loans are sold to a third-party conduit within ten days of being closed.

 

The types of loans that may be originated by the Bank are subject to federal and state laws and regulations. In addition to the level of loan demand, the interest rates charged on loans by the Bank are influenced by the availability of funds for lending purposes and the rates offered by its competitors. These factors are, in turn, impacted by general economic conditions, the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, budgetary matters, and legislative tax policies.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company recorded total loans of $10.5 billion, as compared to $5.4 billion at December 31, 2002. Multi-family loans accounted for $7.4 billion, or 70.2%, of the 2003 total and $4.5 billion, or 82.0%, of the year-earlier amount. In addition to the multi-family loans acquired in the merger, the increase reflects twelve-month originations totaling $3.4 billion, which represented 78.9% of total mortgage loans produced in 2003.

 

One-to-four family mortgage loans totaled $731.0 million at December 31, 2003, representing 7.0% of outstanding loans and a $465.2 million increase from the year-earlier amount. The increase was the net effect of the one-to-four family loans acquired in the Roslyn merger, and the robust level of principal prepayments over the course of the year. While the Company originates one-to-four family loans, it does so on a conduit basis, selling such loans to a third-party mortgage originator within ten days of the loans being closed. As a result, no newly originated loans are retained for portfolio.

 

The remainder of the mortgage loan portfolio at year-end 2003 consisted of commercial real estate loans totaling $1.4 billion, reflecting a $911.7 million year-over-year increase; construction loans totaling $643.5 million, reflecting a $526.5 million year-over-year increase; and other loans totaling $311.6 million, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $232.8 million. While the increase in other loans was primarily due to the Roslyn merger, the increase in commercial real estate and construction loans reflected loans acquired in the merger and a record volume of originations over the course of the year.

 

At December 31, 2003, 76.6% of outstanding mortgage loans had been made at adjustable rates of interest and 23.4% had been made at fixed rates.

 

Loan Originations and Purchases. The Bank originates multi-family, commercial real estate, and construction loans within its local market for retention in the loan portfolio. The Company’s multi-family loans are primarily secured by rent-controlled and –stabilized buildings in New York City; its commercial real estate and construction loans are secured by properties in New York City and in the surrounding suburban areas.

 

One-to-four family and other loans are originated by the Bank through a third-party provider and subsequently sold to said provider, service-released. The Bank has entered into a private label program for the

 

6


Table of Contents

origination of one-to-four family and home equity loans through its branch network under a mortgage origination assistance agreement with a third-party mortgage originator. Under this program, the Bank utilizes the third party’s loan origination platforms (including, among others, telephone and Internet platforms) to originate loans, based on defined underwriting criteria. Such loans close in the Bank’s name and utilize the Bank’s licensing. The Bank funds such loans directly and, under a separate loan and servicing rights purchase and sale agreement with the third-party mortgage originator, has the option to retain the loans for its portfolio, sell the loans to a third-party investor, or deliver the loans back to the same third-party mortgage originator at agreed-upon pricing. During the year ended December 31, 2003 the Bank originated $301.7 million of one-to-four family loans and $3.9 million of home equity loans under this program; none of the loans originated were retained for portfolio.

 

All loans originated by the Bank are underwritten in accordance with Bank-approved loan underwriting policies and procedures. Generally, the Bank does not purchase whole mortgage loans or loan participations.

 

In 2002, sales of one-to-four family loans (other than those loans that were originated and sold, without recourse, through the conduit program) totaled $14.3 million. No such loan sales occurred in 2003. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Bank was servicing $670.3 million and $694.9 million, respectively, of loans for others. The Bank is generally paid a fee of 0.25% of the outstanding principal balance for such servicing.

 

Multi-Family Lending. The Bank places an emphasis on multi-family lending and is one of the leading producers of such loans within its marketplace. The Company’s loans are typically secured by rent-controlled or –stabilized multi-family buildings in New York City and, to a much lesser extent, by multi-family buildings in the surrounding counties and states. At December 31, 2003, the Bank’s portfolio of multi-family loans totaled $7.4 billion, representing 70.2% of loans outstanding at that date. Of this total, $7.2 billion, or 97.3%, were secured by rental apartment buildings and $256.5 million, or 2.7%, were secured by underlying mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings.

 

The Bank’s multi-family loans are generally originated for a term of ten years, with a fixed rate of interest in years one through five and a rate that adjusts annually with the prime rate of interest, as reported in The New York Times, plus a margin of 2.50% in each of years six through ten. For the multi-family loans acquired in the Roslyn merger, the terms were generally the same, except for the index used once the loans reach their adjustment period. For the Roslyn loans, the index is based upon the Federal Home Loan Bank index, adjusted to a constant maturity of five years, plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.50%, in each of years six through ten. The minimum rate is equivalent to the rate featured in the initial five-year term. Prepayment penalties range from five points to one over the first five years of the loan. Properties securing multi-family loans are appraised by independent appraisers whose appraisals are then reviewed by the Bank’s in-house appraisal officers.

 

The Bank underwrites each multi-family loan on the basis of the cash flows generated by the property in relation to the debt service. In addition, the Bank considers such other factors as the value and condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises before debt service and depreciation; the debt coverage ratio, which is the ratio of net operating income to debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the property. The Bank requires a minimum debt coverage ratio of 120% on multi-family properties, although a 140% minimum is more its norm. In addition, the Bank requires a security interest in the personal property at the premises and an assignment of rents. In accordance with the Bank’s underwriting policies, multi-family loans generally may be made in amounts up to 75% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price of the underlying properties, with amortization periods of up to 30 years.

 

The Bank’s largest concentration of loans to one borrower at December 31, 2003 consisted of 38 loans secured by the same number of multi-family properties located in the Bank’s primary market area. These loans were made to several borrowers who were deemed to be related for regulatory purposes. As of December 31, 2003, the outstanding balance of these loans totaled $85.5 million and, as of such date, all such loans were performing in

 

7


Table of Contents

accordance with their terms. The Bank’s concentration of such loans did not exceed its “loans-to-one-borrower” limitation.

 

Payments on loans secured by multi-family buildings are generally dependent on the income produced by such properties, which, in turn, is dependent on their successful operation or management. Accordingly, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through its underwriting policies, which restrict new originations of such loans to the Bank’s primary lending area and require such loans to be qualified on the basis of the property’s cash flow and debt coverage ratio. Multi-family lending is generally considered to involve a modest degree of credit risk as compared to construction and development lending, since the Bank’s multi-family loans tend to be collateralized by properties that are stable and fully occupied. In addition, such loans tend to refinance within four years of origination on average, and are therefore less subject to interest rate risk. The risk of loss on a multi-family loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the estimate of the collateral value and the current net operating income generated thereby. If the estimated value or income projections proved to be inaccurate, the Bank could be confronted with a property having a value that was insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan. The Bank has not had a loss on a multi-family loan within its local market in twenty years or more.

 

When evaluating the qualifications of multi-family loan borrowers, the Bank considers the borrower’s financial resources and income level; his or her experience in owning or managing similar property; and the Bank’s lending experience with the borrower. The Bank’s underwriting guidelines require that the borrower demonstrate appropriate management skills and the ability to maintain the property based on current rental income. These guidelines require borrowers to present evidence of the ability to repay the mortgage and a history of making mortgage payments on a timely basis. In making its assessment of the creditworthiness of a borrower, the Bank generally reviews the borrower’s financial statements and credit history, as well as other related documentation.

 

Since 1987, one loan on a multi-family property located outside of the Bank’s primary lending area was foreclosed upon and subsequently sold; in the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company classified a $2.3 million multi-family loan as non-performing, but subsequently sold the loan in the first quarter of 2003 without any loss of principal or interest.

 

One-to-Four Family Lending. Since December 1, 2000, the Bank has been originating one-to-four family loans within its local market through a private-label agreement with a third-party mortgage originator. Under its private-label agreement, the Bank offers a range of one-to-four family loan products to current and prospective customers through various delivery channels, including the Bank’s branch network and its web site. Applications are taken and processed by the third party and the loans sold to said party, service-released. Under this program, the Bank originated $301.7 million and $251.8 million of one-to-four family loans in 2003 and 2002, respectively, and sold one-to-four family loans totaling $307.2 million and $201.6 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2003, $731.0 million, or 7.0%, of the Bank’s loan portfolio consisted of one-to-four family loans, up from $265.7 million, representing 4.8%, at December 31, 2002. Because the majority of the loans originated by the Company are sold to the third-party originator within ten days of closing, the increase stemmed primarily from the Roslyn merger on October 31, 2003. The increase was partly offset by a high volume of prepayments triggered by the low level of market interest rates during the year.

 

Of the one-to-four family loans outstanding at December 31, 2003, 71.6% were fixed-rate loans and 28.4% were adjustable-rate loans. The interest rates for the majority of the Bank’s adjustable-rate one-to-four family loans are indexed to the one- and five-year Constant Maturity Treasury Index (the “CMT Index”). Interest rate adjustments on such loans are limited to a 2% annual adjustment cap and a maximum adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan. Certain of the Bank’s adjustable-rate mortgage loans can be converted to fixed-rate loans with interest rates based upon then-current market rates plus a varying margin.

 

One-to-four family first mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to FNMA guidelines. The Bank generally originates one-to-four family loans in amounts up to $1.0 million following such guidelines, subject

 

8


Table of Contents

to certain exceptions which require the approval of a senior lending officer. The Bank generally requires private mortgage insurance to be obtained for loans that exceed an 80% loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio. Mortgage loans originated by the Bank or acquired through merger transactions that are retained for portfolio generally include due-on-sale clauses, which provide the Bank with the contractual right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in the event that the borrower transfers ownership of the property without the Bank’s consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the yields on the Bank’s fixed-rate mortgage loan portfolio, and the Bank generally has exercised its rights under these clauses.

 

In 2004, the balance of one-to-four family loans is expected to decline through principal repayments.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had non-performing one-to-four family loans of $11.4 million, representing 33.2% of total non-performing loans at that date. In addition, other real estate owned consisted of two one-to-four family properties with a total carrying value of approximately $92,000 as of December 31, 2003. Other real estate owned is included in “other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending. The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are typically secured by office buildings, retail stores, medical offices, warehouses, and other non-residential buildings within its primary lending area. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had $1.4 billion of commercial real estate loans, comprising 13.8% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans may be originated in amounts of up to 65% of the appraised value of the property and feature the same terms and prepayment penalties as the Bank’s multi-family loans. In the case of the commercial real estate loans acquired in the Roslyn merger, the loan-to-value ratio may extend up to 75%. The origination of commercial real estate loans requires one or more of the following: the personal guarantees of the principals, a security interest in the personal property, and an assignment of rents and/or leases. Properties securing the loan are appraised by independent appraisers approved by the Bank.

 

The Bank’s assessment of credit risk and its underwriting standards and procedures for commercial real estate loans are similar to those applicable to its multi-family loans. Among other factors, the Bank considers the net operating income of the collateral property and the borrower’s expertise, credit history, and profitability. The Bank generally has required that the properties securing commercial real estate loans have debt coverage ratios of at least 125%. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family loans. Payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation and management of the properties. Repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through its lending policies and underwriting standards, which restrict new originations of such loans to the Bank’s primary lending area and qualify such loans on the basis of the property’s income stream and debt coverage ratio.

 

Non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $17.1 million at December 31, 2003, representing 49.7% of the Company’s total non-performing loans at that date.

 

Construction Lending. The Bank originates loans for the acquisition and development of commercial, multi-family, and residential properties located in the New York metro region. Construction and development loans are primarily offered to experienced local developers operating in the Bank’s primary market with whom the Bank or its merger partners have had a successful lending relationship in the past. Building loans are primarily made for the construction of owner-occupied one-to-four family homes under contract and, to a far lesser extent, for the acquisition and development of commercial real estate properties. The Bank will typically lend up to 70% of the estimated market value, or up to 80% in the case of home construction loans to individuals. Personal guarantees and a permanent loan commitment are typically required. Construction loans are generally offered with terms of up to three years for one-to-four family properties and up to two years for multi-family and commercial properties. Such loans may be made in amounts up to 90% of the estimated cost to construct. When applicable, the Bank’s practice is to require that residential properties being financed be pre-sold, or that borrowers secure permanent financing commitments from generally recognized lenders for an amount equal to or greater than the amount of the

 

9


Table of Contents

loan. In some cases, the Bank itself may provide permanent financing. Loan proceeds are disbursed incrementally as construction progresses and as inspections by the Bank’s supervising engineer or engineering consultants warrant. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had $643.5 million, or 6.1% of its total loan portfolio, invested in construction loans.

 

Construction and development loans are generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than loans on multi-family buildings; accordingly, borrowers are required to provide a personal guarantee during construction. Risk of loss on a construction loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction, as compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions, such as the estimated time to sell or lease such residential properties. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the Bank could be confronted with a project having a value upon completion that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan.

 

Other Lending. At December 31, 2003 the Bank’s portfolio of home equity, consumer, student, and other loans was $311.6 million, or 3.0% of total loans, and primarily consisted of home equity, commercial lines of credit, private banking, secured and unsecured personal loans, and student loans.

 

Home Equity Loans . The Bank offers fixed-rate, fixed-term home equity loans and adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit in its primary market area. The Company currently originates these loans on a conduit basis, with applications being taken and processed by a third party and the loans then being sold to said party, service-released. At December 31, 2003 the Bank’s portfolio of home equity loans was $143.2 million, or 1.4% of total loans. The Company had no sales of home equity loans, other than on a conduit basis, in 2003. In January 2004, the Bank sold $129.9 million of the home equity loans that had been acquired in the Roslyn merger.

 

Standard fixed-rate, fixed-term home equity loans are offered in amounts that, when combined with the amount of any applicable first mortgage loan, do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property (a “combined LTV”, or “CLTV”) with a maximum loan amount of $100,000. Standard adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit are offered at CLTVs of up to 80% of the appraised value of the property, with a maximum line amount of $250,000.

 

The Bank also offers home equity loans and lines of credit through a third-party conduit where loan-to-value ratios, expense ratios, or credit histories fall outside of the ranges used for the standard product. The alternative products include fixed-rate loans at CLTVs of up to 90% of the appraised value of the property with a maximum loan amount of $100,000. The alternative products also include adjustable-rate lines of credit at CLTVs of up to 90% with a maximum loan amount of $100,000, or a CLTV of up to 80% of the appraised value of the property with a maximum loan amount of $250,000. Such alternative loans and line-of-credit products generally carry interest rates that are higher than those offered on the Bank’s standard home equity loan products. All of the Bank’s home equity lines of credit carry an adjustable rate feature and thus reprice monthly based on the movement of a specified index. This rapid repricing feature allows these loans to maintain pace with current market conditions. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had $79.8 million of unused home equity lines of credit.

 

Consumer, Student, and Other Loans. At December 31, 2003, the Bank’s portfolio of consumer, student, and other loans totaled $168.4 million, representing 1.6% of total loans at that date. The portfolio consisted primarily of commercial lines of credit, private banking loans, secured and unsecured personal loans, and student loans. The Bank offers commercial lines of credit to selected small businesses on an unsecured basis. Private banking loans are customized to meet the needs of a specific client base, primarily consisting of entrepreneurs, professionals, senior corporate executives, and wealthy individuals. A private banking loan can be either fixed or adjustable-rate and secured or unsecured, and typically has a maturity of one year or less, or is payable on demand. Secured personal loans are collateralized with deposits from federally insured financial institutions. The Bank offers both subsidized and unsubsidized student loans through a forward purchasing and servicing agreement with Sallie Mae. Overdraft shield loans on checking accounts are also offered in amounts up to $5,000. The Bank

 

10


Table of Contents

also offers credit cards through an affinity relationship with a third party, which assumes underwriting responsibility and credit risk for all advances.

 

Loan Servicing and Sales. The Bank currently services all of the multi-family, commercial, construction and development, consumer, and student loans in its portfolio. Virtually all of the Bank’s one-to-four family loans are serviced by two third-party providers who also service all servicing-retained conforming one- to-four family loans that are sold to other investors by the Bank. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers, and generally administering the loans. At December 31, 2003 the Bank’s loan servicing portfolio totaled $670.3 million, as compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2002. The fee income generated by servicing loans for third parties in 2003 was significantly reduced by the increase in principal repayments during the year.

 

As consideration for sub-servicing the Bank’s portfolios, the third-party providers receive an annual flat fee per loan and a portion of the ancillary fee income collected. The Bank recognizes servicing fee income in excess of servicing fees paid to the third-party service provider and a portion of the ancillary fee income, and receives as deposits the related loan escrow balances.

 

The Company recognizes mortgage servicing rights under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” In accordance with SFAS No. 140, the retained interests in a securitization are initially measured at their allocated carrying amount, based upon the relative fair values of the retained interests received at the date of securitization. Capitalized servicing rights are reported in “other assets” and amortized into “other operating income” in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to the amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying servicing assets by predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of servicing assets for a stratum exceeds its fair value. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment subsequent to the initial measurement and charged to earnings.

 

The mortgage servicing portfolio is segregated into valuation tranches based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying mortgages, such as loan type and interest rate. These tranches are further separated into performing loans and non-performing loans. The fair value of the servicing portfolio is determined by estimating the future cash flows associated with the servicing rights and by discounting the cash flows using market discount rates. The portfolio is valued using all relevant positive and negative cash flows including service fees, miscellaneous income and float, marginal costs of servicing, the cost of carry on advances, and foreclosure losses. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had no valuation allowance related to mortgage servicing rights.

 

Letters of Credit . Included in outstanding loan commitments at December 31, 2003 were $12.8 million of performance standby letters of credit with approximate terms of one year. These performance standby letters of credit were issued primarily for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of the Bank’s borrowers (typically developers of residential subdivisions who currently have a relationship with the Bank). Performance standby letters of credit obligate the Bank to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Also included in outstanding loan commitments at December 31, 2003 were $11.0 million of financial standby letters of credit with approximate terms of one to three years. These financial standby letters of credit were issued primarily for the benefit of other financial institutions, on behalf of certain of the Bank’s current borrowers. Financial standby letters of credit obligate the Bank to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. The Bank collects a fee upon the issuance of performance and financial standby letters of credit, which is included in “fee income” on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

 

11


Table of Contents

Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting. All loans are subject to the approval of the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee of the Board, with all loans in excess of $10.0 million requiring review by the Board as a whole. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Bank originated 79 loans in excess of $10.0 million.

 

Non-performing Loans and Foreclosed Assets. Non-performing loans totaled $34.3 million at December 31, 2003, including non-accrual mortgage loans totaling $32.3 million and other non-accrual loans totaling $2.0 million. Based on the current market values of the properties collateralizing the mortgages, management does not expect any loss to be incurred by the Bank.

 

Management reviews non-performing loans on a regular basis and reports monthly to both the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee and the Board regarding delinquent loans. The Bank hires outside counsel experienced in foreclosure and bankruptcy to institute foreclosure and other proceedings on the Bank’s non-performing loans.

 

The Bank’s policies provide that management report quarterly to the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee and the Board regarding classified assets. The Bank reviews the problem loans in its portfolio on a monthly basis to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines, and believes its classification policies are consistent with regulatory policies. The procedures followed by the Bank with respect to delinquencies vary, depending on the nature of the loan and the period of delinquency. The Bank generally requires that delinquent residential and commercial mortgage loans be reviewed, that a delinquency notice be mailed no later than the sixteenth day of delinquency, and that a late charge be assessed after 15 days. The Bank’s third-party sub-servicers follow similar delinquency procedures. The Bank’s procedures provide that telephone contact be attempted to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure, the Bank will attempt to obtain full payment or will work out a repayment schedule to avoid foreclosure. It is generally the Bank’s policy to discontinue accruing interest on all loans that are contractually 90 days or more past due and when, in the opinion of management, the collectibility of the entire loan is doubtful. Property acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure on a mortgage loan is classified as “other real estate owned” (“OREO”) and is recorded at the lower of the unpaid principal balance or fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition. It is the Bank’s policy to require an appraisal of the OREO property shortly before foreclosure and to appraise the property on an as-needed basis thereafter.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the amounts of additional interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual mortgage loans, had they been current, totaled approximately $1.8 million, $74,000, and $609,000, respectively. These amounts were not included in the Bank’s interest income for the respective periods.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding all non-accrual loans, loans that were 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest, and OREO at the indicated year-ends. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had no restructured loans within the meaning of SFAS No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings,” as amended by SFAS No. 114.

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
(dollars in thousands)                               

Non-accrual mortgage loans

   $ 32,344     $ 11,915     $ 10,604     $ 6,011     $ 2,886  

Other non-accrual loans

     1,994       —         —         —         —    

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest

     —         4,427       6,894       3,081       222  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing loans

     34,338       16,342       17,498       9,092       3,108  
    


 


 


 


 


Other real estate owned

     92       175       249       12       66  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing assets

   $ 34,430     $ 16,517     $ 17,747     $ 9,104     $ 3,174  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing loans to loans, net

     0.33 %     0.30 %     0.33 %     0.25 %     0.19 %

Total non-performing assets to total assets

     0.15       0.15       0.19       0.19       0.17  
    


 


 


 


 


 

12


Table of Contents

Management monitors non-performing loans and, when deemed appropriate, writes such loans down to their current appraised values, less transaction costs. There can be no assurances that further write-downs will not occur with respect to such loans in the future.

 

At December 31, 2003, non-accrual mortgage loans included one large commercial credit acquired in the Roslyn merger. The credit consisted of a $9.0 million loan secured by two assisted living facilities in the New York metro region. A court-appointed receiver has operated the facilities since commencement of the borrowers’ consolidated bankruptcy filing in November 2001, and has improved the facilities’ cash flows and profitability since that time. Concurrently, the facilities are being actively marketed for sale. Independent third parties have valued the facilities and, based upon such independent opinion, management believes that no allocation of the allowance for loan losses to this credit was warranted as of December 31, 2003.

 

At December 31, 2003, OREO consisted of two residential properties with an aggregate carrying value of approximately $92,000. The Bank generally conducts appraisals on all properties securing non-accrual mortgage loans and OREO as deemed appropriate and, if necessary, charges off any declines in value at such times. Based upon management’s estimates as to the timing of, and expected proceeds from, the disposition of these properties, no material loss is currently anticipated.

 

It is the Bank’s general policy to dispose of properties acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu thereof as quickly and as prudently as possible, in consideration of market conditions and the condition of such property. OREO is generally titled in the name of a wholly-owned Bank subsidiary, which manages the property while it is being offered for sale.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to operations and reduced by reversals or by net charge-offs. Management establishes the allowance for loan losses through a process that begins with estimates of probable loss inherent in the portfolio, based on various statistical analyses and ends with an assessment of non-rated loans. These analyses consider historical and projected default rates and loss severities; internal risk ratings; and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. In establishing the allowance for loan losses, management also considers the Company’s current business strategy and credit process, including compliance with stringent guidelines it has established with regard to credit limitations, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures. The policy of the Bank is to segment the allowance to correspond to the various types of loans in the loan portfolio, and to identify those loans with a higher perceived risk based on their non-performing and/or classification status. These loan categories are assessed with specific emphasis on the underlying collateral, which corresponds to the respective levels of quantified and inherent risk.

 

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loans losses, the Company applied separate adequacy procedures to the loan portfolio acquired in the Roslyn merger. In addition, the Company’s risk assessment measures were applied to the acquired loans in order to generate a range of reserves. Upon completion of the analysis, the Company determined that the allowance for loan losses acquired in the Roslyn merger fell within the Company’s measurement parameters and was therefore deemed to be adequate.

 

The initial assessment of the loan loss allowance takes into consideration non-performing and rated loans through the valuation of the collateral supporting each loan. Non-performing loans are risk-weighted based upon an aging schedule that typically depicts either (1) delinquency, a situation in which repayment obligations are at least 90 days in arrears; or (2) serious delinquency, a situation in which legal foreclosure action has been initiated. Based upon this analysis, a quantified risk factor is assigned to each type of non-performing loan. This results in an allocation to the overall allowance for the corresponding type and severity of each non-performing loan category.

 

Rated loans are risk-weighted based on the results of individual loan credit reviews. Federal regulations and the Bank’s policies require that the Bank utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting

 

13


Table of Contents

problem and potential problem assets. The Bank currently classifies problem and potential problem assets as “Substandard,” “Doubtful,” or “Loss.” An asset is considered Substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as Doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values. Assets classified as Loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not currently expose the Bank to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but that possess certain other types of weaknesses, are designated as “Special Mention.”

 

When the Bank classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as Substandard or Doubtful, it is required to establish a general valuation allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management, unless the loss of principal appears to be remote. General valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but that have not been allocated to particular problem assets, unlike specific allowances. If the Bank classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as Loss, it is required to either establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the assets so classified or to charge-off such amount.

 

The final assessment for the allowance for loan losses includes the review of performing loans, also by collateral type, with similar risk factors being assigned. These risk factors take into consideration, among other matters, the borrower’s ability to pay and the Bank’s past loan loss experience with each loan type. The performing loan categories are also assigned quantified risk factors, which result in allocations to the allowance that correspond to the individual types of loans in the portfolio.

 

The levels of review performed for different asset types will vary depending on the nature of those assets. While certain assets may represent a substantial investment to the Bank and warrant individual reviews, other assets may have less risk because the size of the asset is small, the risk is spread over a large number of borrowers, or the loans are well collateralized. Loan pool analyses are performed on asset types with these latter characteristics. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed for individually significant loans or for those loans that management deems such analyses necessary, primarily consisting of multi-family, commercial real estate, and construction and development loans. As a result of these individual analyses, the allowance for loan losses is allocated to specific allowances for individual loans, including loans considered impaired and non-impaired.

 

In order to determine its overall adequacy, the allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly by both management (through its Classification of Assets Committee) and the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee of the Board.

 

Various factors are considered, and various processes followed, in determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. These factors and processes include, but are not limited to:

 

  1) End-of-period levels and observable trends in non-performing loans;

 

  2) Charge-offs experienced over prior periods, including an analysis of the underlying factors leading to the delinquencies and subsequent charge-offs (if any);

 

  3) Bi-weekly, and occasionally more frequent, meetings of executive management with the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee (which includes six independent directors, five of whom respectively possess over 30 years of complementary real estate experience), during which observable trends in the local economy and their effect on the real estate market are discussed; and

 

14


Table of Contents
  4) Full Board assessment of the preceding factors when making a business judgment regarding the impact of anticipated changes on the future level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

A New York State-chartered savings institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company (the “FDIC”) and the New York State Banking Department (the “NYSBD”). The FDIC, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted an inter-agency policy statement regarding the allowance for loan and lease losses. The policy statement provides guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines. Generally, the policy statement recommends that institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor, and address asset quality problems; that management analyze all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and that management establish acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.

 

While the Bank believes that it has established an adequate allowance for loan losses, there can be no assurance that the regulators, in reviewing the Bank’s loan portfolio, will not request that the Bank materially increase its allowance for loan losses, thereby negatively affecting the Company’s financial condition and earnings at that time. Furthermore, although management believes that adequate specific and general loan loss allowances have been established, actual losses are dependent upon future events. Accordingly, further additions to the specific and general loan loss allowances may become necessary under as yet undetermined circumstances.

 

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses totaled $78.3 million at December 31, 2003, representing 228.01% of non-performing loans, as compared to $40.5 million, or 247.8% of non-performing loans, at December 31, 2002. The increase reflects the $37.8 million allowance for loan losses acquired in the Roslyn merger. The Company had no net charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses in 2003 or 2002.

 

Management will continue to monitor and modify the level of its allowance for loan losses in order to maintain it at a level that management considers to be adequate. See “Statistical Data” for information about the components, maturity, and repricing of the Bank’s loan portfolio, and for a summary of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Environmental Issues

 

The Bank encounters certain environmental risks in its lending activities. Under federal and state environmental laws, lenders may become liable for costs of cleaning up hazardous materials found on property securing their loans. In addition, the existence of hazardous materials may make it unattractive for a lender to foreclose on such properties. Although environmental risks are usually associated with loans secured by commercial real estate, such risks also may be present for loans secured by residential real estate if environmental contamination makes collateral property unsuitable for use. The Bank attempts to control such risk by requiring that an appropriate environmental site assessment be completed as part of its underwriting review for all non-residential mortgage applications. In addition, the Bank’s policy is to maintain ownership of specific commercial real estate properties it acquires in separately incorporated subsidiaries.

 

Investment Activities

 

General. The investment policy of the Company and the Bank is established by the respective Boards and implemented by their respective Investment Committees, together with certain executive officers of the Company and the Bank. The policy is primarily designed to provide and maintain liquidity; to generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue prepayment, interest rate, and credit risk; and to complement the Bank’s lending activities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Decisions regarding the securities investment portfolio are the responsibility of the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President and head of the Capital Markets Group. Such decisions are made in accordance with the Company’s and the Bank’s respective investment policies. While the Senior Executive Vice President has the authority to conduct trades within specific guidelines established by these policies, all transactions are periodically reviewed by the respective Investment Committees and are reported to the respective Boards on a monthly basis.

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s current securities investment policies permit investments in various types of liquid assets including, but not limited to, U.S. Government agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate debt obligations (including trust preferred securities), and corporate equities. In addition, the Company’s and the Bank’s policies permit investments in mortgage-backed and -related securities, including securities issued and guaranteed by FNMA, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”).

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had $9.5 billion in securities, as compared to $4.5 billion at December 31, 2002. The year-end 2003 amount consisted primarily of mortgage-backed and -related securities totaling $7.5 billion; government agency securities totaling $714.4 million; and trust preferred securities totaling $675.4 million.

 

Upon the purchase of an investment security, management makes a determination as to its classification, i.e., either “available for sale” or “held to maturity”. However, the Bank and the Holding Company do not currently purchase securities with the intention of trading them, nor do they maintain a trading portfolio. At December 31, 2003, the Company had $6.3 billion, or 26.8% of its total assets, classified as available-for-sale securities with an average life of 5.24 years, and $3.2 billion, or 13.7% of its total assets, classified as held-to-maturity securities with an average life of 6.13 years.

 

Mortgage-backed and -related Securities

 

The Company purchases mortgage-backed and -related securities in order to (a) generate positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense; (b) lower its credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by FHLMC, GNMA, and FNMA; (c) utilize these securities as collateral for borrowings; and (d) increase the liquidity sponsored by GNMA, FHLMC, and FNMA. The Company also invests in CMOs issued or sponsored by private issuers.

 

It is the policy of the Bank to limit its purchases of privately issued CMOs to non-high risk securities rated not less than “AA” by at least two nationally recognized rating agencies and having an average life of seven years or less. The Bank monitors the credit rating of its CMOs on a regular basis. The current securities investment policy of the Bank prohibits the purchase of higher risk CMOs, which are defined as those securities exhibiting significantly greater volatility with regard to estimated average life and price relative to interest rates as compared with standard 30-year fixed-rate securities.

 

At December 31, 2003, mortgage-backed securities totaled $7.5 billion, representing 32.1% of total assets at that date. Included in the $7.5 billion were $2.0 billion of mortgage-backed securities that were classified as held to maturity (with a net unrealized loss of $33.7 million) and $5.5 billion that were classified as available for sale. Because a significant portion of the Bank’s mortgage-related securities are fixed-rate private label and agency CMOs (i.e., FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA), the Bank anticipates that the majority of the portfolio will prepay or reprice within three years. At December 31, 2003, the mortgage-backed and -related securities portfolio had a weighted average interest yield of 4.67%, an average estimated life of 3.39 years, and a market value of approximately $7.5 billion.

 

16


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

 

Debt Securities . At December 31, 2003, the Company’s debt securities portfolio totaled $1.1 billion, or 4.6% of total assets, of which $194.2 million were classified as available for sale and $893.1 million were classified as held to maturity. The Company’s debt securities primarily consist of investments in corporate bonds, trust preferred securities, and municipal securities. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had a $1.0 million investment in U.S. denominated bonds of foreign entities.

 

U.S. Government Agency Obligations. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s U.S. Government agency securities portfolio totaled $714.4 million, including $653.3 million that were classified as held to maturity and $61.0 million that were classified as available for sale. The portfolio consisted of callable zero coupon bonds and fixed and adjustable callable debentures that were generally callable after one year and in six-month intervals thereafter.

 

The capital notes and trust preferred securities in which the Bank has invested have primarily been issued by financial institutions. Such investments represent secondary capital, and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all indebtedness of the issuing company. In order to offset the higher degree of risk, management focuses primarily on, but does not limit its investments to, securities issued by institutions in the New York metropolitan region. At December 31, 2003, the Bank and the Holding Company owned $616.7 million and $58.7 million of trust preferred securities, respectively.

 

Equity Securities. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s equity securities portfolio totaled $197.3 million, including $181.7 million of equity securities that were classified as available for sale and $15.6 million of equity securities that were classified as held to maturity. The Bank’s equity securities portfolio accounted for $188.5 million of the year-end 2003 total, while the Holding Company’s portfolio accounted for the remaining $8.8 million.

 

The Company’s equity securities portfolio consisted primarily of common and preferred stock at December 31, 2003. Included in the year-end 2003 total were stock mutual funds totaling $29.2 million and preferred stocks totaling $137.9 million. The latter portfolio is redeemable by the issuers pursuant to the terms of such stocks, generally after a three-to-five-year holding period. The Company benefits from its investment in common and preferred stocks due to the tax deductions received in connection with dividends paid by corporate issuers on equity securities.

 

Other Investment Activities. At December 31, 2003, the Company had a $375.0 million investment in BOLI, as compared to $203.0 million at December 31, 2002. In addition to the $125.9 million of BOLI acquired in the Roslyn merger, the year-over-year increase reflects a $16.1 million rise in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies and the purchase of an additional $30.0 million of BOLI in the second quarter of 2003. An additional $100.0 million of BOLI was purchased by the Company on February 27, 2004. The BOLI policy was implemented to offset future employee benefit costs. The purchase of the BOLI policy, and its increase in cash surrender value, is classified in “other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The income generated by BOLI, and by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policy, is classified in “other income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

 

In connection with the Roslyn merger, the Bank acquired an investment in a real estate joint venture with the Holiday Organization of Westbury, New York, in The Hamlet at Willow Creek Development Co. L.L.C. for the development of a 177-unit residential golf course community in Mount Sinai, New York. Through its subsidiary, Mt. Sinai Ventures, LLC, the Bank made an initial $25.0 million investment (which is classified as “other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition) at a preferred return of 1.0% over the Prime rate of interest. In addition to the preferred return, the Company will also receive a 50% share of the residual profits or share 50% of the residual losses. As of December 31, 2003, no units had been delivered in connection with this joint venture and the Company had recorded no income. The joint venture began to deliver units in the first quarter of 2004.

 

17


Table of Contents

During 2003, the Bank also invested in a limited liability company for the purpose of indirectly acquiring a limited partnership interest in entities that construct, rehabilitate, and own low-income housing properties qualifying for tax credits in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). A third-party entity has provided a guaranty of a minimum specified yield on the Bank’s investment, based on the tax benefits generated.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. The Company’s primary funding sources are deposits and borrowings. Reflecting the Company’s leveraged growth strategy and the borrowings acquired in the Roslyn merger, the Company increased its borrowings from $4.6 billion at December 31, 2002 to $9.9 billion at December 31, 2003. Included in the year-end 2003 amount were FHLB-NY advances of $2.4 billion, repurchase agreements of $6.8 billion, and trust preferred securities of $590.1 million.

 

Deposits. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank’s deposits principally consist of CDs and savings accounts, together with NOW and money market accounts and non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts. At December 31, 2003, CDs totaled $4.4 billion, while savings accounts, NOW and money market accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts totaled $2.9 billion, $2.3 billion, and $720.2 million, respectively.

 

The flow of deposits has been influenced significantly by the restructuring of the banking industry, changes in money market and interest rates, and competition with other financial institutions. The Bank’s deposits are typically obtained from customers residing or working in the communities in which its offices are located, and the Bank relies on its long-standing relationships with its customers to retain these deposits.

 

The Bank uses traditional means of advertising its deposit products, and does not generally solicit deposits from outside its marketplace. While CDs in excess of $100,000 are accepted by the Bank, and may be subject to preferential rates, the Bank does not actively solicit such deposits, as such deposits are generally more difficult to retain than core deposits. At December 31, 2003, $1.1 billion, or 10.7% of the Bank’s deposit balance, consisted of CDs with a balance of $100,000 or more.

 

The Bank has authorized the use of brokers to obtain deposits to fund its operations, and has entered into relationships with several nationally recognized retail brokerage firms to accept the deposits sold by such firms. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may use such brokered deposits from time to time to fund asset growth and manage interest rate risk. During 2003, the Bank acquired $405.6 million of brokered certificates, through the Roslyn merger. These brokered certificates have original maturities ranging from three months to four years. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had a total of $428.4 million in brokered deposits, representing 4.1% of total deposits.

 

Borrowings. Borrowings totaled $9.9 billion and $4.6 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and consisted of FHLB-NY advances, repurchase agreements, trust preferred securities, and unsecured senior debt, as described below.

 

FHLB-NY Advances. The Bank is a member of the FHLB-NY, and had an $11.7 billion line of credit at December 31, 2003. FHLB-NY advances totaled $2.4 billion at that date. Pursuant to a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB-NY, advances and overnight line-of-credit borrowings are secured by a pledge of certain eligible collateral, including one-to-four family loans and mortgage-backed securities, in an amount equal to 110% of outstanding advances. The Bank also has a $10.0 million line of credit with a correspondent financial institution which had not been drawn upon at December 31, 2003.

 

Repurchase Agreements. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had repurchase agreements of $6.8 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the average balance of the Company’s repurchase agreements was $3.6 billion.

 

18


Table of Contents

Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Company with an agreement to repurchase those securities at an agreed-upon price and date. The Company generally uses repurchase agreements with maturities ranging from overnight to one year to meet its short-term funding needs, and invests such borrowings at favorable spreads. The collateral for the Company’s repurchase agreements consists of U.S. agency obligations and mortgage-backed or –related securities. The security brokers utilized for borrowing transactions are subject to an ongoing financial review in order to ensure that the Company selects only those dealers whose financial strength will minimize the risk of principal loss due to default. This review is performed internally and/or by qualified third parties. Additionally, a Public Securities Association Master Repurchase Agreement must be executed and on file for each dealer selected.

 

Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has established six Delaware and two Connecticut business trusts, of which all the common stock is owned by the Company: Haven Capital Trust I, Haven Capital Trust II, Queens Capital Trust I, Queens Statutory Trust I, NYCB Capital Trust I, New York Community Statutory Trust I, New York Community Statutory Trust II, and New York Community Capital Trust V (collectively, the “Trusts”). The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures. Trust preferred securities issued by New York Community Capital Trust V were issued as part of the Company’s BONUSES SM Units offering in November 2002. The proceeds of such offerings were used for general corporate purposes including the repurchase of Company common stock, the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, and the repayment of indebtedness.

 

As a result of the Roslyn merger, the Company acquired a wholly-owned subsidiary, Roslyn Preferred Trust I (“RPT I”), a Delaware statutory business trust, which issued $63.0 million aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in junior subordinated debentures (the “Capital Securities”) due April 1, 2032, at a distribution rate equal to the six-month LIBOR plus 360 basis points, resetting on a semi-annual basis. The maximum distribution rate on the Capital Securities is 12.0% through April 1, 2007, with no maximum thereafter. The Company may redeem the Capital Securities, in whole or in part, at any time on or after April 1, 2007. At December 31, 2003 the distribution rate was 4.78%. The proceeds of such offering were used for general corporate purposes including the repurchase of Company common stock, the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, and the repayment of indebtedness.

 

For additional information about the Company’s trust preferred securities, see “Note 9—Borrowings” in the Company’s 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders, which portion is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Unsecured Senior Debt . On November 13, 2002, Roslyn issued $115.0 million of 5.75% unsecured senior notes at a price of 99.785%. The notes have a maturity date of November 15, 2007. Interest on such notes is paid semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2003. Previously, on November 21, 2001, Roslyn issued $75.0 million of 7.50% unsecured senior notes at par and a maturity date of December 1, 2008. The interest on such notes is paid semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2002.

 

In connection with these unsecured senior note offerings, the Company capitalized a total of $3.1 million of debt issuance costs to be amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over the life of the borrowings, and reflected as “interest expense on borrowings” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the accrued interest payable on senior notes amounted to $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

Hedging . The Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2003 also reflect four interest rate swap agreements into which the Company entered in the second quarter of the year. The agreements effectively converted four of the Company’s trust preferred securities from fixed to variable rate instruments. Under these agreements, which were designated, and accounted for, as “fair value hedges” aggregating $65.0 million, the Company receives a fixed interest rate equal to the interest due to the holders of the trust preferred securities and pays a floating interest rate which is tied to the three-month LIBOR. The maturity dates, call features, and other critical terms of these derivative instruments match the terms of the trust preferred securities. As a result, no net gains or losses were recognized in earnings with respect to these hedges. At December 31, 2003, a $2.9 million liability, representing

 

19


Table of Contents

the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements, was recorded in “other liabilities.” An offsetting adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the trust preferred securities to recognize the change in their fair value.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

Under its New York State Leeway Authority, the Bank has formed, or acquired through merger transactions, eighteen active subsidiary corporations, fourteen of which are direct subsidiaries of the Bank and four of which are subsidiaries of Bank-owned entities. The direct subsidiaries are: CFS Investments, Inc. (organized in New York), which sells non-deposit investment products; RCBK Mortgage Corp. (organized in New York), which holds multi-family loans; RCSB Corporation (organized in New York), which owns a branch building; Richmond Enterprises Inc. (organized in New York), which is the holding company for PBC; CFS Investments New Jersey, Inc. (organized in Delaware), an investment company and the holding company for three REITs—Columbia Preferred Capital Corp., Richmond County Capital Corporation, and Ironbound Investment Company, Inc.—each of which holds residential and commercial mortgage loans; Pacific Urban Renewal Corp. (organized in New Jersey), which owns a branch building; Blizzard Realty Corp. (organized in New York) and 1400 Corp. (organized in New York), which manage Bank properties acquired through foreclosure while they are being marketed for sale; Roslyn National Mortgage Corporation (organized in Delaware), which formerly operated as a mortgage loan originator and servicer and currently acts as a subleaser of office space; RSB RNMC Re, Inc. (organized in Vermont), a captive re-insurance company, which reinsures mortgage impairment policies underwritten by principal carriers; BSR 1400 Corp. (organized in New York), which holds Bank facilities and leases thereon; RSB Mt. Sinai Ventures LLC (organized in Delaware), which is a joint venture partner in the development, construction, and sale of a 177-unit residential golf course community in Mount Sinai, New York; RSB O.B. Ventures LLC (organized in New York), which is a joint venture partner in a 370-unit residential community in Plainview, New York that has been completely sold and delivered; and RSB Agency (organized in New York), which sells non-deposit investment products.

 

The subsidiaries of Bank-owned entities are PBC (organized in Delaware), which advises high net worth individuals and institutions on the management of their assets; and Ironbound Investment Company, Inc. (organized in New Jersey); Richmond County Capital Corporation (organized in New York); and Columbia Preferred Capital Corp. (organized in Delaware). The latter three subsidiaries are REITS that hold residential and commercial real estate mortgages.

 

In addition, the Bank maintains eleven inactive corporations: Bayonne Service Corp, which is organized in New Jersey and the following inactive corporations which are organized in New York State: MFO Holding Corp.; Queens County Capital Management, Inc.; Columbia Resources Corp.; Columbia Funding Corporation; Main Omni Realty Corp.; Bellingham Corp.; Residential Mortgage Banking, Inc.; Old Northern Co. Ltd.; and VBF Holding Corporation. The Bank is also affiliated with Columbia Travel Services, Inc., an inactive corporation organized in New York.

 

The Company also owns thirteen special business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing capital and common securities and investing the proceeds thereof in the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. Nine of the subsidiaries are listed in the “Trust Preferred Securities” section above. The remaining four trusts were inactive as of December 31, 2003. (See “Note 9 - Borrowings” in the Company’s 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders, which portion is incorporated herein by reference).

 

Personnel

 

At December 31, 2003, the number of full-time equivalent employees was 1,975. The Bank’s employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit, and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

 

20


Table of Contents

FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXATION

 

Federal Taxation

 

General. The Holding Company, the Bank, and their subsidiaries (excluding REIT subsidiaries) report their income on a consolidated basis, using a calendar year and the accrual method of accounting and, are subject to federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations with some exceptions, including, in particular, the Bank’s treatment of its reserve for bad debts, discussed below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Bank or the Company.

 

Bad Debt Reserves. Prior to the enactment of The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (“1996 Act”) on August 20, 1996, for federal income tax purposes, thrift institutions such as the Bank were permitted to establish tax reserves for bad debts. The 1996 Act eliminated the Bank’s ability to make future additions to its tax bad debt reserves and limited the circumstances which could give rise to the recapture of reserve amounts into the Company’s consolidated taxable income.

 

Under the 1996 Act, if the Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to the Holding Company, such distributions will be considered to have been made from the Bank’s unrecaptured tax bad debt reserves to the extent thereof, and an amount based on the amount distributed (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) will be included in the Bank’s income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes; distributions in redemption of stock; and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. Dividends paid from the Bank’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in the Bank’s income.

 

The amount of additional taxable income created from a non-dividend distribution is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to that income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Thus, if the Bank were to make a non-dividend distribution to the Holding Company, approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) would be included in income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate. See “Regulation and Supervision” for limits on the payment of dividends by the Bank. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its tax bad debt reserves.

 

Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. In addition to the regular income tax, the Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) in an amount equal to 20% of alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) to the extent the AMT exceeds the taxpayers’ regular income tax. AMTI is regular taxable income as modified by certain adjustments and tax preference items. AMTI includes an amount equal to 75% of the excess of adjusted current earnings over AMTI (determined without regard to this adjustment and prior to reduction for net operating losses). Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carry forwards. The AMT is available as a credit against future regular income tax. The AMT credit can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company does not expect to be subject to the AMT in the foreseeable future.

 

Dividends Received Deduction and Other Matters. The Holding Company and the Bank may exclude from income 100% of dividends received from their consolidated subsidiaries. No dividends received deduction is available for dividends paid by the Bank’s REIT subsidiaries. However, a 100% dividends paid deduction is available to these REIT subsidiaries for qualifying dividend payments. A 70% dividends received deduction generally applies with respect to dividends received from corporations that are not members of such consolidated groups, except that an 80% dividends received deduction applies if the Company owns more than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend.

 

21


Table of Contents

State and Local Taxation

 

New York State Taxation. The Holding Company, the Bank, and certain of their subsidiaries are subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (a) 7.5% (8% for 2002) of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, or (b) the applicable alternative tax. The alternative tax is generally the greater of (a) .01% of the value of the taxable assets allocable to New York State with certain modifications, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York State, or (c) $250. Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications, and alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain adjustments. The Holding Company, the Bank, and certain of their subsidiaries file a New York State combined return.

 

The New York State tax law on banking corporations was amended in 1997 to allow a deduction for net operating losses sustained in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2001. The deduction may not exceed the allowable federal net operating loss deduction augmented by the excess of the New York State bad debt deduction over the federal bad debt deduction. No carryback of these losses is allowed. However, the losses may be carried forward for the 20-year period allowed under Code Section 172.

 

The Company does business within the Metropolitan Transportation Business Tax District, (the “District”). A tax surcharge is imposed on banking corporations and business corporations doing business within the District and has been applied since 1982. The District tax rate is 17% on the tax described above, subject to modification in certain circumstances, and is scheduled to expire for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2004.

 

Bad Debt Reserves. For purposes of computing its New York State entire net income, the Bank is permitted a deduction for an addition to the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans. The New York State tax bad debt reserve is subject to recapture for “non-dividend distributions” in a manner similar to the recapture of the federal tax bad debt reserves for such distributions. Also, the New York State tax bad debt reserve is subject to recapture in the event that the Bank fails a definitional test with respect to its assets mix (the “60% Test”), which it presently satisfies. Although there can be no assurance that the Bank will satisfy the 60% Test in the future, management believes that the requisite level of qualifying assets can be maintained by the Bank.

 

City of New York Taxation. The Holding Company, the Bank, and certain of their subsidiaries are also subject to a New York City banking corporation tax in an annual amount equal to the greater of (a) 9% of entire net income allocable to New York City, or (b) the applicable alternative tax. The applicable alternative tax is the greater of (a) .01% of the value of taxable assets allocable to New York City with certain modifications, (b) 3% of alternative entire net income allocable to New York City, or (c) $125. Entire net income and alternative net income are calculated in a manner similar to New York State including the allowance of a deduction for an addition to the tax bad debt reserve. The income is allocated to New York City based upon three factors: receipts, wages, and deposits. The New York City tax law does not permit a deduction for net operating losses. The Holding Company, the Bank, and certain of their subsidiaries file a New York City combined return.

 

Other State Taxes . Taxes paid by the Company to states other than New York are not material.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

General

 

The Bank is a New York State-chartered stock-form savings bank and its deposit accounts are insured under the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”), and through its acquisition of CFS Bank, some deposits are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”). The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the New York State Banking Department (the “Banking Department”), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. The Bank must file reports with the Banking Department and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such

 

22


Table of Contents

as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. There are periodic examinations by the Banking Department and the FDIC to assess the Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss allowances for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulation, whether by the Banking Department, the FDIC, or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank and their operations, and the Company’s shareholders. The Company is required to file certain reports, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the Banking Department and of the SEC under federal securities laws. Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein.

 

New York Law

 

The Bank derives its lending, investment, and other authority primarily from the applicable provisions of Banking Law and the regulations of the Banking Department, as limited by FDIC regulations. See “Restrictions on Certain Activities.” Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including the Bank, may invest in real estate mortgages, consumer and commercial loans, certain types of debt securities (including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state, and local governments and agencies), certain types of corporate equity securities and certain other assets. Under the statutory authority for investing in equity securities, a savings bank may directly invest up to 7.5% of its assets in certain corporate stock, and may also invest up to 7.5% of its assets in certain mutual fund securities. Investment in the stock of a single corporation is limited to the lesser of 2% of the issued and outstanding stock of such corporation or 1% of the savings bank’s assets, except as set forth below. Such equity securities must meet certain earnings ratios and other tests of financial performance. A savings bank’s lending powers are not subject to percentage of asset limitations, although there are limits applicable to single borrowers. A savings bank may also, pursuant to the “leeway” power, make investments not otherwise permitted under the New York State Banking Law. This power permits investments in otherwise impermissible investments of up to 1% of assets in any single investment, subject to certain restrictions and to an aggregate limit for all such investments of up to 5% of assets. Additionally, savings banks are authorized to elect to invest under a “prudent person” standard in a wide range of debt and equity securities in lieu of investing in such securities in accordance with and reliance upon the specific investment authority set forth in the New York State Banking Law. Although the “prudent person” standard may expand a savings bank’s authority, in the event a savings bank elects to utilize the “prudent person” standard, it will be unable to avail itself of the other provisions of the New York State Banking Law and regulations which set forth specific investment authority. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon approval of the Banking Department.

 

New York savings banks may also invest in subsidiaries under a service corporation power. A savings bank may use this power to invest in corporations that engage in various activities authorized for savings banks, plus any additional activities, which may be authorized by the Banking Department. Investment by a savings bank in the stock, capital notes, and debentures of its service corporation is limited to 3% of the savings bank’s assets, and such investments, together with the savings bank’s loans to its service corporations, may not exceed 10% of the savings bank’s assets.

 

The exercise by an FDIC-insured savings bank of the lending and investment powers of a savings bank under the New York State Banking Law is limited by FDIC regulations and other federal laws and regulations. In particular, the applicable provision of New York State Banking Law and regulations governing the investment authority and activities of an FDIC-insured state-chartered savings bank have been effectively limited by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) and the FDIC regulations issued pursuant thereto.

 

23


Table of Contents

With certain limited exceptions, a New York State chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit for commercial, corporate, or business purposes (including lease financing) to a single borrower, the aggregate amount of which would be in excess of 15% of the bank’s net worth. The Bank currently complies with all applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.

 

Under New York State Banking Law, a New York State-chartered stock-form savings bank may declare and pay dividends out of its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital, but approval of the Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, subject to certain adjustments.

 

Under New York State Banking Law, the Superintendent of Banks may issue an order to a New York State-chartered banking institution to appear and explain an apparent violation of law, to discontinue unauthorized or unsafe practices, and to keep prescribed books and accounts. Upon a finding by the Banking Department that any director, trustee, or officer of any banking organization has violated any law, or has continued unauthorized or unsafe practices in conducting the business of the banking organization after having been notified by the Superintendent to discontinue such practices, such director, trustee, or officer may be removed from office after notice and an opportunity to be heard.

 

FDIC Regulations

 

Capital Requirements. The FDIC has adopted risk-based capital guidelines to which the Bank is subject. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations. The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of such regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as the Bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.

 

These guidelines divide a savings bank’s capital into two tiers. The first tier (“Tier I”) includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (excluding auction rate issues) and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships subject to certain limitations). Supplementary (“Tier II”) capital includes, among other items, cumulative perpetual and long-term limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt, and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations, less required deductions. Savings banks are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%, of which at least 4% must be Tier I capital.

 

In addition, the FDIC has established regulations prescribing a minimum Tier I leverage capital ratio (Tier I capital to adjusted average assets as specified in the regulations). These regulations provide for a minimum Tier I leverage capital ratio of 3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest examination rating and are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. All other banks are required to maintain a Tier I leverage capital ratio of at least 4%. The FDIC may, however, set higher leverage and risk-based capital requirements on individual institutions when particular circumstances warrant. Savings banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain a minimum Tier I Leverage Capital ratio of 5%, Total Capital ratio of 10%, and Tier I Capital ratio of 6%.

 

24


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the Bank’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2003:

 

Tier I Leverage Capital to Average Assets

   7.95 %

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   14.68 %

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   13.95 %

 

On January 30, 2004, the Company generated net proceeds of $399.5 million through a follow-on offering of 13.5 million shares of its common stock. The Company contributed $300.0 million of the net proceeds to the Bank. Had the offering taken place prior to year-end 2003, the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital ratio would have equaled 9.39% and its Total Capital and Tier I Capital ratios would have equaled 17.22% and 16.50%, respectively.

 

In August 1995, the FDIC, along with the other federal banking agencies, adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take account of the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. According to the agencies, applicable considerations include the quality of the bank’s interest rate risk management process, the overall financial condition of the bank, and the level of other risks at the bank for which capital is needed. Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. The agencies subsequently have issued a joint policy statement providing guidance on interest rate risk management, including a discussion of the critical factors affecting the agencies’ evaluation of interest rate risk in connection with capital adequacy. Banks that engage in specified amounts of trading activity may be subject to adjustments in the calculation of the risk-based capital requirement to assure sufficient additional capital to support market risk.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness . Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for depository institutions under its jurisdiction, standards relating to, among other things, internal controls; information systems and audit systems; loan documentation; credit underwriting; interest rate risk exposure; asset growth; compensation; fees and benefits; and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness (the “Guidelines”) to implement these safety and soundness standards. The Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, (“FDI Act”). The final regulation establishes deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.

 

Real Estate Lending Standards. The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted regulations that prescribe standards for extensions of credit that (i) are secured by real estate, or (ii) are made for the purpose of financing construction or improvements on real estate. The FDIC regulations require each savings bank to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and appropriate to the size of the bank and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities. The standards also must be consistent with accompanying FDIC Guidelines, which include loan-to-value limitations for the different types of real estate loans. Savings banks are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations so long as such exceptions are reviewed and justified appropriately. The Guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified.

 

Dividend Limitations. The FDIC has authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a savings bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal law prohibits the payment of dividends by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis. The Bank is also subject to dividend declaration restrictions imposed by New York law.

 

25


Table of Contents

Investment Activities

 

Since the enactment of FDICIA, all state-chartered financial institutions, including savings banks and their subsidiaries, have generally been limited to such activities as principal and equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding that state law, FDICIA and the FDIC regulations permit certain exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state chartered banks, such as the Bank, may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange or the National Market System of Nasdaq and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Such banks may also continue to sell Savings Bank Life Insurance. In addition, the FDIC is authorized to permit such institutions to engage in state authorized activities or investments not permitted for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) for institutions that meet all applicable capital requirements if it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the BIF. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and FDIC regulation impose certain quantitative and qualitative restrictions on such activities and on a bank’s dealings with a subsidiary that engages in specified activities. All non-subsidiary equity investments, unless otherwise authorized or approved by the FDIC, must have been divested by December 19, 1996, pursuant to an FDIC-approved divestiture plan, unless such investments were grandfathered by the FDIC.

 

The Bank received grandfathering authority from the FDIC in February 1993 to invest in listed stock and/or registered shares subject to the maximum permissible investments of 100% of Tier I Capital, as specified by the FDIC’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by New York State Banking Law, whichever is less. Such grandfathering authority is subject to termination upon the FDIC’s determination that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk to the Bank or in the event the Bank converts its charter or undergoes a change in control. As of December 31, 2003, the Bank had $208.1 million of such investments.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. Among other things, the regulations define the relevant capital measure for the five capital categories. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4% or greater. An institution is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, or generally a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%. An institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

 

“Undercapitalized” banks are subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the bank’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks,

 

26


Table of Contents

or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the parent holding company.

 

“Critically undercapitalized” institutions also may not, beginning 60 days after becoming “critically undercapitalized,” make any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt or extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction or enter into any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business. In addition, “critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver is required for a “critically undercapitalized” institution within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the savings bank, other than a subsidiary. Generally, a bank’s subsidiaries are not treated as affiliates unless they are engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for national banks. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings bank, and any companies that are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the savings bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans or other extensions of credit to an affiliate; the purchase of assets from an affiliate; the purchase of, or an investment in, the securities of an affiliate; the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person; or issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, or acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same as or no less favorable to, the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with non-affiliates.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors. However, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contains a specific exemption for loans by the Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act governs a savings bank’s loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers, and shareholders who control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of voting securities of a savings bank, and certain related interests of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the savings bank’s total capital and surplus. Section 22(h) also prohibits loans above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency to directors, executive officers, and shareholders who control 10% or more of voting securities of a stock savings bank, and their respective related interests, unless such loan is approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the savings bank. Any “interested” director may not participate in the voting. The loan amount (which includes all other outstanding loans to such person) as to which such prior board of director approval is required, is the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus or any loans over $500,000. Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders must be made on terms substantially the same as those offered in comparable transactions to other persons. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to executive officers over other employees. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

 

27


Table of Contents

Enforcement

 

The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders, and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

 

The FDIC has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured savings bank under certain circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state savings bank if that savings bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the savings bank became “critically undercapitalized.” For this purpose, “critically undercapitalized” means having a ratio of tangible equity to total assets of less than 2%. See “Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.”

 

The FDIC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a state savings bank on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of certain events, including; (i) insolvency (whereby the assets of the savings bank are less than its liabilities to depositors and others); (ii) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (iii) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (iv) likelihood that the savings bank will be unable to meet the demands of its depositors or to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and (v) insufficient capital, or the incurrence or likely incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

 

The Bank is a member of the BIF and, through its acquisition of CFS Bank, also holds some deposits that are considered to be insured by the SAIF.

 

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based insurance assessment system. The FDIC assigns an institution to one of three capital categories, consisting of (1) well capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized, or (3) undercapitalized, and one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group, based on the institution’s financial information, as of the reporting period ending seven months before the assessment period. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on the supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution’s primary federal regulator, and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. Assessment rates for both BIF and SAIF deposits are determined semiannually by the FDIC and currently range from zero basis points to 27 basis points.

 

The FDIC is authorized to raise the assessment rates in certain circumstances, including maintaining or achieving the designated reserve ratio of 1.25%, which requirement the BIF and SAIF currently meet.

 

On September 30, 1996, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the “Funds Act”) was signed into law. Among other things, the law spreads the obligations for payment of the financing Corporation (“FICO”) bonds across all SAIF and BIF members. Prior to January 1, 2000, BIF members were assessed for FICO payments at approximately 20% of SAIF members. Full pro rata sharing of the FICO payments between BIF and SAIF members began on January 1, 2000.

 

Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of deposit insurance.

 

28


Table of Contents

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Federal Regulation. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a savings bank has continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with CRA. CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a savings bank; to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. CRA requires public disclosure of an institution’s CRA rating and further requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. The Bank’s latest CRA rating, received from the FDIC in February 2003, was “satisfactory.”

 

New York Regulation. The Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York Banking Law which impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon banking institutions organized in New York to serve the credit needs of its local community (“NYCRA”), which are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA. Pursuant to the NYCRA, a bank must file an annual NYCRA report and copies of all Federal CRA reports with the Banking Department. The NYCRA requires the Banking Department to make an annual written assessment of a bank’s compliance with the NYCRA, utilizing a four-tiered rating system, and make such assessment available to the public. The NYCRA also requires the Superintendent to consider a bank’s NYCRA rating when reviewing a bank’s application to engage in certain transactions, including mergers, asset purchases, and the establishment of branch offices or ATMs, and provides that such assessment may serve as a basis for the denial of any such application. The Bank’s latest NYCRA rating, received from the Banking Department in July 2002, was “outstanding”.

 

Federal Reserve System

 

Under Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) regulations, the Bank is required to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The FRB regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $45.4 million or less (subject to adjustment by the FRB), the reserve requirement is 3%; for amounts greater than $45.4 million, the reserve requirement is 10% (subject to adjustment by the FRB between 8% and 14%). The first $6.6 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the FRB) are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the FRB, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System, which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB-NY, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount at least equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 5% of its borrowings from the FHLB-NY, whichever is greater. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement, with an investment in FHLB-NY stock of $170.9 million at December 31, 2003.

 

The FHLBs are required to provide funds to cover certain obligations on bonds issued to fund the resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could

 

29


Table of Contents

reduce the amount of dividends that the FHLBs pay to their members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, dividends from the FHLB-NY to the Bank amounted to $6.3 million and $7.4 million, respectively. If dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, the Bank’s net interest income might also be reduced. FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s “discount window,” but regulations require institutions to exhaust all FHLB sources before borrowing from a Federal Reserve Bank.

 

Interstate Branching

 

Federal law allows the FDIC, and New York banking law allows the New York superintendent of banks, to approve an application by a state bank to acquire interstate branches by merger, unless, in the case of the FDIC, the state of the target institution has opted out of interstate branching. New York State banking law authorizes savings banks to open and occupy de novo branches outside the state of New York, and the FDIC is authorized to approve a state bank’s establishment of a de novo interstate branch if the intended host state has opted into interstate de novo branching. In addition to its branches in New York, the Bank currently maintains branches in New Jersey.

 

Holding Company Regulations

 

Federal Regulation. The Company is currently subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), as administered by the FRB.

 

The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior FRB approval would be required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company. In addition to the approval of the FRB, before any bank acquisition can be completed, prior approval thereof may also be required to be obtained from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired, including the Banking Department.

 

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the FRB has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including being “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities than previously permitted. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.

 

The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis) substantially similar to those of the FDIC for the Bank. See “Capital Maintenance.” At December 31, 2003, the Company’s consolidated Total and Tier I Capital exceeded these requirements.

 

Bank holding companies are generally required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, FRB order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. The FRB has adopted an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

 

30


Table of Contents

The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The FRB’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

The status of the Company as a registered bank holding company under the BHCA does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

 

Under the FDI Act, depository institutions are liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. This law would have potential applicability if the Company ever held as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to the Bank.

 

The Company and the Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of the Company or the Bank.

 

Acquisition of the Holding Company

 

Federal Restrictions. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Company’s shares of Common Stock outstanding, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of the Company. Under the CIBCA, the FRB has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer, the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company and the Bank, and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain prior approval from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to mean the ownership or power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors. An existing bank holding company would be required to obtain the FRB’s prior approval under the BHCA before acquiring more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock. See “Holding Company Regulation.”

 

New York Change in Control Restrictions. In addition to the CIBCA and the BHCA, the New York State Banking Law generally requires prior approval of the New York Banking Board before any action is taken that causes any company to acquire direct or indirect control of a banking institution which is organized in New York.

 

Federal Securities Law

 

The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company is subject to the information and proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

 

Registration of the shares of the Common Stock that were issued in the Bank’s conversion from mutual to stock form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), does not cover the resale of such shares. Shares of the common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of the Company may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of the Company will be subject to the resale restrictions of

 

31


Table of Contents

Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If the Company meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the Company who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144 (including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed in any three-month period the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding shares of the Company, or (ii) the average weekly volume of trading in such shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made by the Company in the future to permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.

 

STATISTICAL DATA

 

The detailed statistical data that follows is being presented in accordance with Guide 3, prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the discussion included in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are indexed on the Form 10-K Cross Reference Index.

 

A. Loan Maturity and Repricing

 

The following table shows the maturity or period to repricing of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2003. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which the interest rates are next subject to change. The table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal amortization. Prepayments and scheduled principal amortization on mortgage loans totaled $2.6 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.

 

    

Mortgage and Other Loans at

December 31, 2003


(dollars in thousands)    Multi-
Family


   One-to-Four
Family


   Commercial
Real Estate


   Construction

   Other

  

Total

Loans


Amount due:

                                       

Within one year

   $ 453,544    $ 74,224    $ 133,400    $623,241    $ 236,309    $ 1,520,718

After one year:

                                       

One to five years

     3,632,655      153,423      607,167    20,307      50,307      4,463,859

Over five years

     3,281,956      503,316      704,481    —        25,018      4,514,771
    

  

  

  
  

  

Total due or repricing after one year

     6,914,611      656,739      1,311,648    20,307      75,325      8,978,630
    

  

  

  
  

  

Total amounts due or repricing, gross

   $ 7,368,155    $ 730,963    $ 1,445,048    $643,548    $ 311,634    $ 10,499,348
    

  

  

  
  

  

 

The following table sets forth, at December 31 , 2003, the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2004, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest.

 

     Due after December 31, 2004

(dollars in thousands)    Fixed

   Adjustable

   Total

Mortgage loans:

                    

Multi-family

   $ 1,388,215    $ 5,526,396    $ 6,914,611

One-to-four family

     517,785      138,954      656,739

Commercial real estate

     385,666      925,982      1,311,648

Construction

     20,307      —        20,307
    

  

  

Total mortgage loans

     2,311,973      6,591,332      8,903,305

Other loans

     69,581      5,744      75,325
    

  

  

Total loans

   $ 2,381,554    $ 6,597,076    $ 8,978,630
    

  

  

 

 

32


Table of Contents

B. Summary of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses was allocated as follows at December 31st:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
(dollars in thousands)    Amount

   Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance


    Amount

   Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance


    Amount

   Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance


    Amount

   Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance


    Amount

   Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance


 

Mortgage loans:

                                                                 

Multi-family

   $ 32,130    41.04 %   $ 25,433    62.80 %   $ 21,361    52.74 %   $ 7,783    43.08 %   $ 4,927    70.08 %

One-to-four family

     5,462    6.98       2,763    6.82       6,084    15.02       2,923    16.18       663    9.42  

Construction

     11,903    15.20       2,104    5.20       3,489    8.62       892    4.94       64    0.91  

Commercial real estate

     18,859    24.09       7,016    17.32       8,150    20.12       5,671    31.40       1,202    17.10  

Other loans

     9,939    12.69       3,184    7.86       1,416    3.50       795    4.40       175    2.49  
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total loans

   $ 78,293    100.00 %   $ 40,500    100.00 %   $ 40,500    100.00 %   $ 18,064    100.00 %   $ 7,031    100.00 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

The preceding allocation is based upon an estimate at a given point in time, which, in turn, is based on various factors including, but not limited to, local economic conditions. A different allocation methodology may be deemed to be more appropriate in the future.

 

33


Table of Contents

C. Composition of the Loan Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s portfolio of mortgage and other loans in dollar amounts and in percentages at December 31st:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
(dollars in thousands)    Amount

   

Percent
of

Total


    Amount

   

Percent

of

Total


    Amount

   

Percent
of

Total


    Amount

   

Percent
of

Total


    Amount

   

Percent
of

Total


 

Mortgage loans:

                                                                      

Multi-family

   $ 7,368,155     70.18 %   $ 4,494,332     81.88 %   $ 3,255,167     60.23 %   $ 1,945,656     53.51 %   $ 1,348,351     83.72 %

One-to-four family

     730,963     6.96       265,724     4.84       1,318,295     24.40       1,267,080     34.85       152,644     9.48  

Commercial real estate

     1,445,048     13.76       533,327     9.72       561,944     10.40       324,068     8.91       96,008     5.96  

Construction

     643,548     6.13       117,013     2.13       152,367     2.82       59,469     1.64       4,793     0.30  
    


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Total mortgage loans

     10,187,714     97.03       5,410,396     98.57       5,287,773     97.85       3,596,273     98.91       1,601,796     99.46  

Other loans

     311,634     2.97       78,787     1.43       116,878     2.15       39,748     1.09       8,742     0.54  
    


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Total loans

     10,499,348     100.00 %     5,489,183     100.00 %     5,404,651     100.00 %     3,636,021     100.00 %     1,610,538     100.00 %
    


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Unearned premiums (discounts)

     —               19             91             (18 )           (24 )      

Less: Net deferred loan origination (costs) fees

     (1,023 )           5,130             3,055             1,553             2,404        

Allowance for loan losses

     (78,293 )           (40,500 )           (40,500 )           (18,064 )           (7,031 )      
    


       


       


       


       


     

Loans, net

   $ 10,422,078           $ 5,443,572           $ 5,361,187           $ 3,616,386           $ 1,601,079        
    


       


       


       


       


     

 

 

34


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The executive and administrative offices of the Company and its subsidiaries are located at 615 Merrick Avenue, Westbury, New York. The office building and land had been purchased by CFS Bank in December 1997 and is now occupied under a lease agreement and Payment-in-Lieu-of-Tax (“PILOT”) agreement with the Town of Hempstead Industrial Development Agency (“IDA”), which was assumed by the Company pursuant to the merger with Haven on November 30, 2000. Under the IDA and PILOT agreements, the Company sold the building and land to the IDA, is leasing it for $1.00 per year for a 10-year period, and will repurchase the building for $1.00 upon expiration of the lease term in exchange for IDA financial assistance.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company’s bank subsidiary owned 42 and leased 97 of its branch offices and other bank business facilities under various lease and license agreements expiring at various times through 2025 (See “Note 11—Commitments and Contingencies: Lease and License Commitments” in the Company’s 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders, which portion is incorporated herein by reference). The Company and the Bank believe that their facilities are adequate to meet their present and immediately foreseeable needs.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In the normal course of the Company’s business, there are various outstanding legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, based on consultation with legal counsel, the financial position of the Company will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of such legal proceedings.

 

In February 1983, a burglary of the contents of safe deposit boxes occurred at a branch office of CFS Bank. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had a lawsuit pending, whereby the plaintiffs are seeking recovery of approximately $12.4 million in damages. This amount does not include any statutory pre-judgment interest that could be awarded. The ultimate liability, if any, that might arise from the disposition of these claims cannot presently be determined. Management believes it has meritorious defenses against this action and continues to defend its position.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NYB”.

 

Information regarding the market price of the Company’s common stock and the dividends paid during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders under the caption “Market Price of Common Stock and Dividends Paid per Common Share,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

As of March 5, 2004 the Company had approximately 13,500 shareholders of record, excluding the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks.

 

35


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds from Common Stock Offering

 

On January 30, 2004, the Company completed a public offering of 13.5 million shares of its common stock at a price of $29.96 per share. The common stock was issued pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-105350) that was initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2003 and effective on May 29, 2003.

 

The underwriter for the offering was Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Underwriter’s discounts and commissions for the common stock offering totaled $4,556,250. Total expenses for the common stock offering were approximately $475,000. The common stock offering generated net proceeds to the Company of approximately $399.5 million, which were used as follows:

 

(in millions)     

Capital contribution to the Bank

   $ 300.0

Repurchase of Company common stock

     16.9

Payment of dividends on Company common stock

     56.8

Payment of dividends on trust preferred securities

     5.0

Short-term money market investments

     20.8
    

Total

   $ 399.5
    

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Information regarding selected financial data appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders under the caption “Financial Summary,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Information regarding management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Information regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders under the caption “Asset and Liability Management and the Management of Interest Rate Risk,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Information regarding the consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders under the captions “Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes Thereto” and “Independent Auditors’ Report,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

36


Table of Contents
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the SEC (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In addition, based on that evaluation, no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the year ended December 31, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Registrant appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2004 , under the caption “Information with Respect to Nominees, Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information regarding executive compensation appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2004, under the captions “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation,” “Summary Compensation Table,” and “Employment Agreements,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

A copy of the Company’s code of ethics is available, without charge, upon written request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary at 615 Merrick Avenue, Westbury, NY 11590.

 

37


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2003:

 

Plan category


  

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants,

and rights
(a)


   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants,
and rights
(b)


   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)
(c)


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   26,573,524    $14.50    713,559

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

               —          —            —
    
  
  

Total

   26,573,524    $14.50    713,559
    
  
  

 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2004, under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Information regarding security ownership of management appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 19, 2004, under the caption “Information with Respect to the Nominees, Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2004, under the caption “Transactions with Certain Related Persons,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

We incorporate by reference the information appearing under “Audit Committee Report” and “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our 2004 Proxy Statement.

 

38


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements are included in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 and are incorporated herein by this reference:

 

-

  Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2003 and 2002;

-

  Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003;

-

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003;

-

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003;

-

  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements; and

-

  Independent Auditors’ Report

 

The remaining information appearing in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders is not deemed to be filed as a part of this report, except as expressly provided herein.

 

     2. Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

 

39


Table of Contents

3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

 

Exhibit
Number


    
  3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (1)
  3.2      Certificates of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (attached hereto)
  3.3      Bylaws (2)
  4.1      Specimen Stock Certificate (3)
  4.2      Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1996 and amended on March 27, 2001 and August 1, 2001 between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Rights Agent (4)
  4.3      Registrant will furnish, upon request, copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.
10.1      Form of Employment Agreement between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (formerly known as “Queens County Bancorp, Inc.”) and Joseph R. Ficalora, Robert Wann, and James O’Donovan (5)
10.2      Form of Employment Agreement between New York Community Bank (formerly known as “Queens County Savings Bank”) and Joseph R. Ficalora, Robert Wann, and James O’Donovan (5)
10.3      Agreement by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Richmond County Financial Corp., Richmond County Savings Bank, and Michael F. Manzulli (6)
10.4      Agreement by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Richmond County Financial Corp., Richmond County Savings Bank, and Anthony E. Burke (6)
10.5      Agreement by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Richmond County Financial Corp., Richmond County Savings Bank, and Thomas R. Cangemi (6)
10.6      Form of Change in Control Agreements among the Company, the Bank, and Certain Officers (7)
10.7      Noncompetition Agreement, dated March 27, 2001, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Richmond County Financial Corp., Richmond County Savings Bank, and Thomas R. Cangemi (6)
10.8      Noncompetition Agreement, dated March 27, 2001, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Richmond County Financial Corp., Richmond County Savings Bank, and Michael F. Manzulli (6)
10.9      Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Joseph L. Mancino (8)
10.10    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Joseph L. Mancino (8)
10.11    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Joseph L. Mancino (8)
10.12    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John R. Bransfield, Jr. (8)
10.13    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John R. Bransfield, Jr. (8)

 

40


Table of Contents
10.14    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John R. Bransfield, Jr. (8)
10.15    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Michael P. Puorro. (8)
10.16    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Michael P. Puorro. (8)
10.17    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Michael P. Puorro. (8)
10.18    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John L. Klag. (8)
10.19    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John L. Klag. (8)
10.20    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and John L. Klag. (8)
10.21    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Nancy C. MacKenzie. (8)
10.22    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Nancy C. MacKenzie. (8)
10.23    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Nancy C. MacKenzie. (8)
10.24    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Daniel L. Murphy. (8)
10.25    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Daniel L. Murphy. (8)
10.26    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Daniel L. Murphy. (8)
10.27    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and R. Patrick Quinn. (8)
10.28    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and R. Patrick Quinn. (8)
10.29    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and R. Patrick Quinn. (8)
10.30    Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Mary Ellen McKinley. (8)
10.31    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Mary Ellen McKinley. (8)
10.32    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., Roslyn Bancorp, Inc., The Roslyn Savings Bank, and Mary Ellen McKinley. (8)
10.33    Form of Queens County Savings Bank Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside Directors (7)
10.34    Form of Queens County Savings Bank Recognition and Retention Plan for Officers (7)
10.35    Form of Queens County Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan (9)
10.36    Form of Queens County Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (9)
10.37    Form of Queens County Savings Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan (7)
10.38    Form of Queens County Savings Bank Outside Directors’ Consultation and Retirement Plan (7)
10.39    Form of Queens County Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (7)
10.40    ESOP Loan Documents (6)
10.41    Incentive Savings Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (10)
10.42    Retirement Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (7)
10.43    Supplemental Benefit Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (11)
10.44    Excess Retirement Benefits Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (7)
10.45    Queens County Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Stock Unit Plan (7)
10.46    Queens County Bancorp, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (12)
10.47    Richmond County Financial Corp. 1998 Stock Option Plan (13)

 

41


Table of Contents
10.48    Richmond County Savings Bank Retirement Plan (13)
10.49    TR Financial Corp. 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (14)
10.50    Amended and Restated Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. 1997 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (14)
10.51    Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. 2001 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (14)
11.0    Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (attached hereto)
12.0    Statement Re: Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (attached hereto)
13.0    Financial Section of 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders (attached hereto)
21.0    Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I, “Subsidiaries”
23.0    Consent of KPMG LLP, dated March 15, 2004 (attached hereto)
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached hereto)
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached hereto)
32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached hereto)
32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached hereto)

(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001 (File No. 0-22278)

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 0-22278)

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-66852)

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 24, 1996, amended as reflected in Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2001 (Registration No. 333-59486), and as reflected in Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2002 (File No. 1-31565)

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-31565)

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2001 (Registration No. 333-59486)

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-66852

 

(8) Incorporated herein by reference into this document from the Exhibits to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003, filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 1-31565)

 

(9) Incorporated herein by reference into this document from the Exhibits to Form S-8, Registration Statement filed on October 27, 1994, Registration No. 33-85684

 

(10) Incorporated herein by reference into this document from the Exhibits to Form S-8, Registration Statement filed on October 27, 1994, Registration No. 33-85682

 

(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 1995 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 19, 1995

 

(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 1997 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 16, 1997, as amended as reflected in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 15, 2002

 

(13) Incorporated herein by reference into this document from the Exhibits to Form S-8, Registration Statement filed on July 31, 2001, Registration No. 333-66366
(14) Incorporated by reference into this document for the Exhibits to Form S-8, Registration Statement filed on November 10, 2003, Registration No. 333-110361

 

 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of 2003

 

On October 3, 2003, the Company filed a Form 8-K announcing that its merger with Roslyn had been approved by the New York State Banking Department, thus concluding the regulatory approval process of the merger.

 

On October 22, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K setting forth the earnings release for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 and updating its diluted earnings per share estimates for the full year.

 

On October 29, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K announcing that its Board of Directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.1875 (as adjusted for the 4-for-3 stock split on February 17, 2004), payable on November 21, 2003 to shareholders of record at November 12, 2003.

 

On October 29, 2003, the Company filed a Form 8-K announcing that shareholders of the Company and Roslyn approved the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 27, 2003, pursuant to which Roslyn would be merged with and into the Company.

 

On November 6, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K announcing its intention to make available, and distribute, to current and prospective investors a written presentation that would also be posted on its web site.

 

On November 7, 2003, the Company filed a Form 8-K regarding certain matters in connection with the consummation of the merger between the Company and Roslyn, including information regarding current and new directors of the Company and financial information with respect to the respective companies.

 

On November 14, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K to comply with the SEC requirement that notice of a covered blackout period under the Employer Stock Fund of The Roslyn Savings Bank 401(k) Savings Plan be given to the Company’s directors and executive officers and also be furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 8-K.

 

On November 28, 2003, the Company filed a Form 8-K announcing the retirement of Howard C. Miller and Anthony E. Burke from the Board of Directors, effective December 31, 2003, and the appointment of Michael J. Levine and the Honorable Guy V. Molinari to the Board, effective January 1, 2004.

 

On December 2, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K announcing its intention to make available, and distribute, to current and prospective investors a written presentation that would also be posted on its web site.

 

On December 10, 2003, the Company furnished a Form 8-K announcing its intention to make available, and distribute, to current and prospective investors two written presentations that would also be posted on its web site.

 

42


Table of Contents

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

March 15, 2004

     

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

(Registrant)

         

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

       
       

Joseph R. Ficalora

President, and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

/s/ Michael F. Manzulli


Michael F. Manzulli

Co-Chairman

  3/15/04  

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora


Joseph R. Ficalora

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  3/15/04

/s/ Joseph L. Mancino


Joseph L. Mancino

Co-Chairman

  3/15/04  

/s/ Michael P. Puorro


Michael P. Puorro

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  3/15/04

/s/ Donald M. Blake


Donald M. Blake

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ Dominick Ciampa


Dominick Ciampa

Director

  3/15/04

/s/ Robert S. Farrell


Robert S. Farrell

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ Dr. William C. Frederick


William C. Frederick, M.D.

Director

  3/15/04

/s/ Max L. Kupferberg


Max L. Kupferberg

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ Maureen E. Clancy


Maureen E. Clancy

Director

  3/15/04

/s/ John A. Pileski


John A. Pileski

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ Thomas A. Doherty


Thomas A. Doherty

Director

  3/15/04

/s/ Hon. Guy V. Molinari


Hon. Guy V. Molinari

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ John M. Tsmibinos


John M. Tsimbinos

Director

  3/15/04

/s/ Spiros J. Voutsinas


Spiros J. Voutsinas

Director

  3/15/04  

/s/ James J. O’Donovan


James J. O’Donovan

Director, Senior Executive Vice President, and Chief Lending Officer

  3/15/04

/s/ Michael J. Levine


Michael J. Levine

Director

  3/15/04        

 

43


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

       

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

(Registrant)

DATE: March 15, 2004

     

BY:

 

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

             
               

Joseph R. Ficalora

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer)

DATE: March 15, 2004

     

BY:

 

/s/ Michael P. Puorro

             
               

Michael P. Puorro

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

44

Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

New York Community Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the state of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

 

First : That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly convened and held, adopted the following resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation:

 

“NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject to stockholder approval, Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which article was further amended on May 14, 2003, is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

FOURTH:

 

A. The total number of shares of stock of all classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is six hundred five million (605,000,000) consisting of:

 

  1. Five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

  2. Six hundred million (600,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).”

 

Second : That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, at a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock (there being no other class of capital stock outstanding) was voted in favor of the amendment.

 

Third : That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

In witness whereof, New York Community Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Joseph R. Ficalora, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and Mark A. Ricca, Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Corporation, its authorized officers, this 6th day of November, 2003.

 

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

By:     Joseph R. Ficalora
Title:  President and

 Chief Executive Officer

 

/s/ Mark A. Ricca

By:     Mark A. Ricca
Title:  Executive Vice President and

 General Counsel

 


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

(Pursuant to 8 Del C. Section 242)

 

New York Community Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the state of Delaware, does hereby certify:

 

First: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, at a meeting duly convened and held, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

“NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors hereby proposes and declares advisable the following amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. ARTICLE FOURTH, Section A shall be amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

FOURTH:

 

A. The total number of shares of stock of all classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is three hundred five million (305,000,000) consisting of:

 

  1. Five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

  2. Three hundred million (300,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

Second: That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, at the annual meeting of the stockholders of said corporation a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock was voted in favor of the amendment.

 

Third: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

In witness whereof, said New York Community Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Joseph R. Ficalora, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mark A. Ricca, its Corporate Secretary, its authorized officers, this 14th day of May, 2003.

 

By:   /s/ Joseph R. Ficalora
   
    Joseph R. Ficalora
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

By:   /s/ Mark A. Ricca
   
    Mark A. Ricca
    Corporate Secretary

 

EXHIBIT 11.0

 

STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,


(in thousands, except per share amounts)    2003

   2002

   2001

Net income

   $ 323,371    $ 229,230    $ 104,467
    

  

  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     189,827      180,894      136,405

Earnings per common share

     $1.70      $1.27      $0.77
    

  

  

Total weighted average common shares outstanding

     189,827      180,894      136,405

Additional dilutive shares using ending value for the period when utilizing the Treasury stock method regarding stock options and BONUSES Units

     6,476      2,332      2,359
    

  

  

Total shares for fully diluted earnings per share

     196,303      183,226      138,764

Fully diluted earnings per common share and common share equivalents

     $1.65      $1.25      $0.75
    

  

  

 

EXHIBIT 12.0

 

STATEMENT RE: RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(dollars in thousands)    2003

     2002

     2001

 

Including Interest on Deposits:

                          

Earnings before income taxes

   $ 492,682      $ 336,014      $ 175,246  

Combined fixed charges:

                          

Interest expense on deposits

     64,231        95,857        141,803  

Interest expense on borrowings

     179,954        130,394        75,685  

Appropriate portion (1/3) of rent expenses

     2,975        2,522        2,124  
    


  


  


Total fixed charges

   $ 274,160      $ 228,773      $ 219,612  
    


  


  


Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges

   $ 739,842      $ 564,787      $ 394,858  
    


  


  


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     2.99 x      2.47 x      1.80 x

Excluding Interest on Deposits:

                          

Earnings before income taxes

   $ 492,682      $ 336,014      $ 175,246  

Combined fixed charges:

                          

Interest expense on borrowings

     179,954        130,394        75,685  

Appropriate portion (1/3) of rent expenses

     2,975        2,522        2,124  
    


  


  


Total fixed charges

   $ 182,929      $ 132,916      $ 77,809  
    


  


  


Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges

   $ 675,611      $ 468,930      $ 253,055  
    


  


  


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     3.69 x      3.53 x      3.25 x
    


  


  


Exhibit 13.0

 

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

     At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 
(dollars in thousands, except share data)    2003 (1)

    2002

    2001 (2)

    2000 (3)

    1999

 

EARNINGS SUMMARY

                              

Net interest income

   $504,975     $373,256     $205,816     $73,081     $68,903  

Reversal of provision for loan losses

   —       —       —       —       (2,400 )

Other operating income

   163,987     101,820     90,615     21,645     2,523  

Non-interest expense

   176,280     139,062     121,185     49,824     21,390  

Income tax expense

   169,311     106,784     70,779     20,425     20,772  

Net income (4)

   323,371     229,230     104,467     24,477     31,664  

Basic earnings per share (4)(5)

   $1.70     $1.27     $0.77     $0.33     $0.43  

Diluted earnings per share (4)(5)

   1.65     1.25     0.75     0.32     0.42  

SELECTED RATIOS

                              

Return on average assets (4)

   2.26 %   2.29 %   1.63 %   1.06 %   1.69 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity (4)

   20.74     19.95     18.16     13.24     22.99  

Operating expenses to average assets

   1.18     1.33     1.76     2.16     1.14  

Efficiency ratio (4)

   26.83     25.32     38.04     52.08     29.95  

Interest rate spread

   3.82     4.12     3.38     3.00     3.41  

Net interest margin

   3.94     4.31     3.59     3.33     3.79  

Dividend payout ratio

   39.89     34.23     39.55     78.57     60.00  

BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY

                              

Total assets

   $23,441,337     $11,313,092     $9,202,635     $4,710,785     $1,906,835  

Loans, net

   10,422,078     5,443,572     5,361,187     3,616,386     1,601,079  

Allowance for loan losses

   78,293     40,500     40,500     18,064     7,031  

Securities held to maturity

   3,222,898     699,445     203,195     222,534     184,637  

Securities available for sale

   6,277,034     3,952,130     2,374,782     303,734     12,806  

Deposits

   10,329,106     5,256,042     5,450,602     3,257,194     1,076,018  

Borrowings

   9,931,013     4,592,069     2,506,828     1,037,505     636,378  

Stockholders’ equity

   2,868,657     1,323,512     983,134     307,410     137,141  

Common shares outstanding (5)

   256,649,073     187,847,937     181,058,268     118,320,496     84,040,507  

Book value per share (5)(6)

   $11.40     $7.29     $5.66     $2.78     $1.88  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

   12.24 %   11.70 %   10.68 %   6.53 %   7.19 %

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS

                              

Non-performing loans to loans, net

   0.33 %   0.30 %   0.33 %   0.25 %   0.19 %

Non-performing assets to total assets

   0.15     0.15     0.19     0.19     0.17  

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

   228.01     247.83     231.46     198.68     226.22  

Allowance for loan losses to loans, net

   0.75     0.74     0.76     0.50     0.44  

 

(1) The Company merged with Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. on October 31, 2003 and treated the merger as a purchase transaction. Accordingly, the Company’s 2003 earnings reflect two months of combined operations.

 

(2) The Company merged with Richmond County Financial Corp. on July 31, 2001 and treated the merger as a purchase transaction. Accordingly, the Company’s 2001 earnings reflect five months of combined operations.

 

(3) The Company acquired Haven Bancorp, Inc. on November 30, 2000 and treated the acquisition as a purchase transaction. Accordingly, the Company’s 2000 earnings reflect one month of combined operations.

 

(4) The 2003 amount includes a $37.6 million gain on the sale of the Company’s South Jersey Bank Division, recorded in other operating income, and a merger-related charge of $20.4 million, recorded in operating expenses, resulting in an after-tax net gain of $3.7 million, or $0.02 per diluted share. The 2001 amount includes a $1.5 million gain on the sale of Bank-owned property recorded in other operating income, a merger-related charge of $22.8 million recorded in operating expenses, and a $3.0 million charge recorded in income tax expense, resulting in an after-tax net charge of $16.8 million, or $0.12 per diluted share. The 2000 amount includes a $13.5 million gain on the sale of Bank-owned property, recorded in other operating income, and a merger-related charge of $24.8 million recorded in operating expenses, resulting in an after-tax net charge of $7.3 million, or $0.09 per diluted share. The 1999 amount includes a curtailment gain of $1.6 million and a charge of $735,000, both of which were recorded in operating expenses, resulting in an after-tax net gain of $1.5 million, or $0.02 per diluted share.

 

(5) Amounts have been adjusted to reflect shares issued pursuant to 4- for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003 and 3-for-2 stock splits on March 29 and September 20, 2001.

 

(6) Excludes unallocated Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.

 

1


GLOSSARY

 

BOOK VALUE PER SHARE

 

For New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), book value per share indicates the amount of stockholders’ equity attributable to each outstanding share of common stock, after the unallocated shares held by the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) are subtracted from the total number of shares outstanding. Book value per share is determined by dividing total stockholders’ equity at the end of a period by that number of shares at the same date. To determine its tangible book value per share, the Company first subtracts from total stockholders’ equity the amount of goodwill and core deposit intangible at the same date.

 

The following table indicates the number of shares outstanding both before and after the total number of unallocated ESOP shares have been subtracted at December 31st:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

Shares outstanding

   256,649,073     187,847,937     181,058,268     118,320,496     84,040,507  

Less: Unallocated ESOP shares

   (5,068,648 )   (6,409,993 )   (7,237,771 )   (7,607,680 )   (11,107,896 )
    

 

 

 

 

Shares used for book value per share computation

   251,580,425     181,437,944     173,820,497     110,712,816     72,932,611  
    

 

 

 

 

 

CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE

 

Refers to the excess of the fair market value over the book value of core deposit accounts acquired in a merger or acquisition. The core deposit intangible (“CDI”) generated by the Company’s mergers with Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. (“Roslyn”) and Richmond County Financial Corp. (“Richmond County”) is reflected on the balance sheet and will continue to be amortized through October 31, 2013 and July 31, 2011, respectively.

 

 

CORE DEPOSITS

 

Refers to deposits held in NOW and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts.

 

 

COST OF FUNDS

 

The interest expense associated with interest-bearing liabilities, typically expressed as a ratio of interest expense to the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities for a given period.

 

 

DIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIO

 

The percentage of the Company’s earnings that is paid out to shareholders in the form of dividends, determined by dividing the dividend paid per share during a period by the Company’s diluted earnings per share during the same period of time.

 

 

EFFICIENCY RATIO

 

Measures total operating expenses as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and other operating income. To calculate its cash efficiency ratio, the Company subtracts from total operating expenses the amortization and appreciation of shares held in its ESOP. To calculate its core efficiency ratio, the Company subtracts from total operating expenses any merger-related charges incurred during the period and subtracts from other operating income any gains on the sale of Bank-owned properties recorded during the same period of time. (Please see the discussions of “cash earnings” and “core earnings” that follow this Glossary.)

 

 

GAAP

 

Abbreviation used to refer to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, on the basis of which financial statements are prepared and presented.

 

2


GOODWILL

 

Refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair market value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reflected on the balance sheet and is tested annually for impairment.

 

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

 

Refers to the likelihood that the interest earned on assets and the interest paid on liabilities will change as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates.

 

INTEREST RATE SPREAD

 

The difference between the yield earned on the Company’s average interest-earning assets and the cost of its average interest-bearing liabilities.

 

MULTI-FAMILY LOAN

 

A mortgage loan made on a rental apartment building with more than four units, or to an association that owns an apartment building structured as a cooperative corporation. Such loans are secured by the cash flows generated on the underlying property.

 

NET CHARGE-OFFS

 

The difference between loan balances that have been written off against the allowance for loan losses and loan balances that have been recovered after having been written off, resulting in a net decrease in the loan loss allowance.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

The difference between the interest and dividends earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets and the interest paid or payable on its interest-bearing liabilities.

 

NET INTEREST MARGIN

 

Measures net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

NON-ACCRUAL LOAN

 

A loan is generally classified as a “non-accrual loan” when it is 90 days past due and management has determined that the collectibility of the entire loan is doubtful. When a loan is placed on “non-accrual” status, the Bank ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is less than 90 days past due and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

 

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

Consists of non-accrual loans, loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest, and other real estate owned.

 

PURCHASE ACCOUNTING

 

The accounting method used in a business combination whereby the acquiring company treats the acquired company as an investment and adds the acquired company’s assets and liabilities to its own at their fair market value. The difference between the purchase price and the fair market value of the acquired company’s assets, net of the fair market value of the liabilities assumed, is referred to as “goodwill.” The excess of the fair market value over the book value of core deposit accounts acquired is recognized as an intangible asset, referred to as the “core deposit intangible.”

 

3


RENT-CONTROLLED/RENT-STABILIZED BUILDINGS

 

In New York City, where the vast majority of the properties securing the Company’s multi-family loans are located, the amount of rent that tenants may be charged in certain buildings is restricted under certain “rent-control” or “rent-stabilization” laws. Rent control laws apply to all buildings constructed prior to February 1947. An apartment is said to be “rent controlled” if the tenant has been living continuously in the apartment for a period of time beginning prior to July 1971. When a rent-controlled apartment is vacated, it becomes “rent-stabilized.” Rent-stabilized apartments are typically located in buildings with six or more units that were built between February 1947 and January 1974. Apartments in rent-controlled and -stabilized buildings tend to be more affordable to live in because of the applicable regulations, and are therefore less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

 

 

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

 

A measure of profitability determined by dividing net income by average assets. To determine its cash return on average assets, the Company divides its cash earnings (as defined below) by its average assets. To determine its core return on average assets, the Company divides its core earnings (as defined on the next page) by its average assets.

 

 

RETURN ON AVERAGE STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

A measure of profitability determined by dividing net income by average stockholders’ equity. To determine its cash return on average stockholders’ equity, the Company divides its cash earnings (as defined below) by its average stockholders’ equity. To determine its core return on average stockholders’ equity, the Company divides its core earnings (as defined on the next page) by its average stockholders’ equity.

 

 

REVENUES

 

Refers to net interest income and other operating income, combined. To determine its core revenues, the Company subtracts from other operating income any gains on the sale of Bank-owned properties (e.g., branch offices) that have been incurred during the period and adds the resultant amount to net interest income. (See management’s rationale for disclosing core data in the discussion of “core earnings.”)

 

 

YIELD

 

The interest income associated with interest-earning assets, typically expressed as a ratio of interest income to the average balance of interest-earning assets for a given period.

 

 

YIELD CURVE

 

Considered a key economic indicator, the yield curve is a graph that illustrates the difference between the yields on long-term and short-term interest rates over a period of time. The greater the difference, the steeper the yield curve.

 

 

CASH EARNINGS

 

Although cash earnings are not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP, the Company believes that cash earnings are an important measure because of their contribution to tangible stockholders’ equity.

 

The Company calculates cash earnings by adding back to net income certain items that have been charged against earnings, net of income taxes, but have been added back to tangible stockholders’ equity. These items fall into two primary categories: expenses related to the amortization and appreciation of shares held in the Company’s ESOP; and the amortization of the CDI stemming from the Company’s mergers with Roslyn and Richmond County on October 31, 2003 and July 31, 2001, respectively. Unlike other expenses incurred by the Company, the aforementioned charges do not reduce the Company’s tangible stockholders’ equity.

 

4


For this reason, the Company believes that cash earnings are useful to investors seeking to evaluate its operating performance and to compare its performance with other companies in the banking industry that also report cash earnings. Cash earnings should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates cash earnings may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s GAAP and cash earnings for each of the years in the five years ended December 31, 2003 follows:

 

CASH EARNINGS RECONCILIATION

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

   1999

(in thousands, except per share data)                         

Net income

   $ 323,371    $ 229,230    $ 104,467    $ 24,477    $ 31,664

Add back:

                                  

Amortization and appreciation of stock-related benefit plans

     29,637      5,902      22,775      24,795      2,559

Associated tax benefits

     15,041      15,860      11,000      5,953      7,269

Dividends on unallocated ESOP shares

     4,218      2,718      2,302      2,776      2,857

Amortization of core deposit intangible and goodwill

     6,907      6,000      8,428      494      —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total additional contributions to tangible stockholders’ equity

     55,803      30,480      44,505      34,018      12,685
    

  

  

  

  

Cash earnings

   $ 379,174    $ 259,710    $ 148,972    $ 58,495    $ 44,349
    

  

  

  

  

Basic cash earnings per share (1)

     $2.00      $1.43      $1.09      $0.78      $0.60
    

  

  

  

  

Diluted cash earnings per share (1)

     $1.94      $1.42      $1.07      $0.75      $0.59
    

  

  

  

  

 

(1) Per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003 and 3-for-2 stock splits on March 29 and September 20, 2001.

 

CORE EARNINGS

 

Although core earnings are not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP, the Company believes that core earnings are an important indication of its ability to generate earnings through ongoing operations.

 

The Company calculates core earnings by subtracting from other operating income any gains realized on the sale of Bank-owned properties and by subtracting from operating expenses any merger-related charges incurred. In addition, the calculation of core earnings excludes any gains or charges of a clearly non-recurring nature that are recorded in operating income, operating expenses, or income tax expense.

 

As core earnings reflect only those income and expense items that are generally recurring, the Company believes that core earnings are useful to investors seeking to evaluate its ongoing operating performance and to compare its performance with other companies in the banking industry that also report core earnings. Core earnings should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates core earnings may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

 

5


A reconciliation of the Company’s GAAP and core earnings for each of the years in the five years ended December 31, 2003 follows:

 

CORE EARNINGS RECONCILIATION

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

   2001

    2000

    1999

 
(in thousands)                              

Net income

   $323,371     $229,230    $104,467     $24,477     $31,664  

Adjustments to net income:

                             

Gain on sales of Bank-owned property

   (37,613 )   —      (1,500 )   (13,500 )   —    

Curtailment gain

   —       —      —       —       (1,600 )

Early retirement charge

   —       —      —       —       735  

Merger-related expenses

   20,423     —      22,800     24,800     —    

Income tax expense adjustment

   —       —      3,000     —       —    
    

 
  

 

 

Total adjustments to net income

   (17,190 )   —      24,300     11,300     (865 )

Income tax expense (benefit) on adjustments

   13,514     —      (7,455 )   (3,955 )   (635 )
    

 
  

 

 

Core earnings

   $319,695     $229,230    $121,312     $31,822     $30,164  
    

 
  

 

 

Basic core earnings per share (1)

   $1.68     $1.27    $0.89     $0.42     $0.41  
    

 
  

 

 

Diluted core earnings per share (1)

   $1.63     $1.25    $0.87     $0.41     $0.40  
    

 
  

 

 

 

(1) Per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003 and 3-for-2 stock splits on March 29 and September 20, 2001.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent,” the “Holding Company,” or, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has identified the accounting policies below as being critical to understanding the Company’s results of operations. Certain accounting policies are considered to be important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition, since they require management to make complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. The inherent sensitivity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies and the judgments, estimates, and assumptions used therein could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to operations and reduced by reversals or by net charge-offs. Management establishes the allowance for loan losses through a process that begins with estimates of probable loss inherent in the portfolio, based on various statistical analyses, and ends with an assessment of non-rated loans. These analyses consider historical and projected default rates and loss severities; internal risk ratings; and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. In establishing the allowance for loan losses, management also considers the Company’s current business strategies and credit processes, including compliance with stringent guidelines it has established with regard to credit limitations, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures. The policy of the Bank is to segment the allowance to correspond to the various types of loans in the loan portfolio. These loan categories are assessed with specific emphasis on the underlying collateral, which corresponds to the respective levels of quantified and inherent risk.

 

The initial assessment takes into consideration non-performing and rated loans through the valuation of the collateral supporting each loan. Non-performing loans are risk-weighted based upon an aging schedule that typically depicts either (1) delinquency, a situation in which repayment obligations are at least 90 days in arrears, or (2) serious delinquency, a situation in which a legal foreclosure action has been initiated. Based upon this analysis, a quantified risk factor is assigned to each type of non-performing loan. This results in an allocation to the overall allowance for the corresponding type and severity of each non-performing loan category.

 

6


The final assessment for the allowance for loan losses includes the review of performing loans, also reviewed by collateral type, with similar risk factors being assigned. These risk factors take into consideration, among other matters, the borrower’s ability to pay and the Bank’s past loan loss experience with each type of loan. The performing loan categories are also assigned quantified risk factors, which result in allocations to the allowance that correspond to the individual types of loans in the portfolio.

 

In order to determine its overall adequacy, the allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly by management and the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 

Various factors are considered, and processes followed, in determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. These factors and processes include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. End-of-period levels and observable trends in non-performing loans;

 

  2. Charge-offs experienced over prior periods, including an analysis of the underlying factors leading to the delinquencies and subsequent charge-offs (if any);

 

  3. Analysis of the portfolio in the aggregate as well as on an individual loan basis, which considers:

 

  i. payment history;

 

  ii. underwriting analysis based upon current financial information; and

 

  iii. current inspections of the loan collateral by qualified in-house property appraisers/inspectors;

 

  4. Bi-weekly, and occasionally more frequent, meetings of executive management with the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee (which includes six outside directors, five of whom possess over 30 years of complementary real estate experience), during which observable trends in the local economy and their effect on the real estate market are discussed;

 

  5. Discussions with, and periodic review by, various governmental regulators (e.g., the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Banking Department); and

 

  6. Full assessment by the Board of the preceding factors when making a business judgment regarding the impact of anticipated changes on the future level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary, based on changes in economic and local market conditions beyond management’s control. In addition, the Bank may be required to take certain charge-offs and/or recognize additions to the loan loss allowance, based on the judgment of the aforementioned regulators with regard to information provided to them during their examinations.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company provides a range of benefits to its employees and retired employees, including pensions and post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits. The Company records annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations specified by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which include various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return, assumed rates of compensation increases, turnover rates, and health care cost trends. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. As required by GAAP, the effect of the modifications are generally recorded or amortized over future periods. The Company believes that the assumptions utilized in recording its obligations under its employee benefit plans are reasonable, based upon the advice of its actuaries.

 

Investment in Debt and Equity Securities

 

The Company’s portfolio of available-for-sale securities is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. Securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost. The market values of the Company’s securities, particularly fixed-rate mortgage-backed and –related securities, are affected by changes in interest rates. In general, as interest rates rise, the market value of fixed rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the market value of fixed rate securities will increase. The Company

 

7


conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in the fair value of any security below its carrying value is other than temporary. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities dealers’ market values. If the Company deems any decline in value to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is charged against earnings. There were no securities write-downs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment, rather than amortized, at the reporting unit level at least once a year. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount at the time of testing, the goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired. According to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are to be used as the basis for the measurement, when available. Other acceptable valuation methods include present-value measurements based on multiples of earnings or revenues or similar performance measures.

 

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, the Company has identified one reporting unit. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test in 2003 and determined that the fair value of the reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value, using the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock on the impairment testing date as the basis for determining fair value. As of the annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment.

 

Goodwill would be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event were to occur or circumstances were to change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. As of December 31, 2003, there were no such events or changes in circumstances. Differences in the identification of reporting units and the use of valuation techniques could result in materially different evaluations of impairment.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company has established reserves for possible payments to various taxing authorities with respect to the admissibility and timing of tax deductions. Management has made certain assumptions and judgments concerning the eventual outcome of these items. Such assumptions and judgments are continually reviewed to address any changes that may arise.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISK FACTORS

 

This filing, like many written and oral communications presented by the Company and its authorized officials, may contain certain forward-looking statements regarding the Company’s prospective performance and strategies within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of said safe harbor provisions.

 

Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations of the Company, are generally identified by use of the words “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effects of its plans or strategies, including its recent merger with Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. (“Roslyn”), is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual results may differ materially from anticipated results.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause the actual results of the Roslyn merger to differ materially from the expectations stated in this filing: the ability to successfully integrate the companies following the merger, including the retention of key personnel; the ability to effect the proposed balance sheet restructuring; the ability to fully realize the expected cost savings and revenues; and the ability to realize the expected cost savings and revenues on a timely basis.

 

Additional factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions; interest rates, deposit flows, loan demand, real estate values, competition, and demand for financial services and loan, deposit, and investment products in the Company’s

 

8


local markets; changes in the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios; changes in accounting principles, policies, or guidelines; changes in legislation and regulation; changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; war or terrorist activities; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, geopolitical, and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing, and services.

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made.

 

OVERVIEW

 

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. is the holding company for New York Community Bank (the “Bank”) and the third largest thrift in the nation, based on its $7.3 billion market capitalization at December 31, 2003 and its $9.0 billion market capitalization at March 5, 2004. The increase in the Company’s market cap partly reflects the issuance of 13.5 million shares of common stock in a follow-on offering on January 30, 2004 and a 15.8% increase in the value of the Company’s shares during this time. Unless otherwise stated, all references to share and per-share amounts in this filing have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

The Bank currently serves its customers through a network of 140 banking offices in New York City, Long Island, Westchester County, and New Jersey; of these, 87 are traditional branches, 52 are located in-store, and one is customer service center. The Bank operates its branches through seven community-based divisions, each of which represents the Bank in a specific marketplace. In New York, the Bank operates through five divisions: Queens County Savings Bank, with 32 branches located in Queens; Roslyn Savings Bank, with 60 branches located on Long Island and one in the Bronx; Richmond County Savings Bank, with 23 locations located on Staten Island; Roosevelt Savings Bank, with nine branches located in Brooklyn; and CFS Bank, with four branches located in Westchester County and one each in Manhattan and the Bronx. In New Jersey, the Bank operates through two divisions: First Savings Bank of New Jersey, with four branches located in Bayonne (Hudson County); and Ironbound Bank, with five branches in Essex and Union counties.

 

In addition to operating the largest supermarket banking franchise in the New York metro region, the Bank ranks among the region’s leading producers of multi-family mortgage loans. The majority of the Company’s multi-family loans are made on rent-controlled and rent–stabilized buildings in the five boroughs of New York City; its share of the multi-family lending market is currently estimated to be approximately 10%.

 

As it stands today, the Company combines the strengths of four financial institutions: Queens County Bancorp, Inc. (“Queens County”), which changed its name to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. on November 21, 2000; Haven Bancorp, Inc. (“Haven”), which was acquired by the Company in a purchase transaction on November 30, 2000; Richmond County Financial Corp. (“Richmond County”), which merged with and into the Company in a purchase transaction on July 31, 2001; and Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. (“Roslyn”), which merged with and into the Company in a purchase transaction that was announced on June 27, 2003 and completed four months later, on October 31st.

 

Under the merger agreement, shareholders of Roslyn received 0.75 shares (pre-split) of Company common stock for each share of Roslyn common stock held at the date of the merger. Accordingly, the Company’s 2003 earnings reflect two months of combined operations; its 2003 earnings per share reflect the issuance of 75,824,353 shares pursuant to the merger and the retirement of 2,757,533 shares of the Company that had been purchased by Roslyn prior to the merger date.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the assets and liabilities acquired in the Roslyn merger are reported throughout this filing at their respective book values as of October 31, 2003.

 

9


Reflecting the 4-for-3 stock split on February 17, 2004, the common stock offering completed on January 30, 2004, and 1,004,403 shares repurchased from December 31, 2003 through March 5, 2004, the number of shares outstanding at the latter date was 271,752,507. Included in the number of shares repurchased since year-end are 39,862 shares that were repurchased under the Board’s five million-share repurchase authorization on February 26, 2004.

 

Reflecting the Roslyn merger, and a record volume of mortgage loan originations, the Company ended 2003 with total assets of $23.4 billion, up $12.1 billion, or 107.2%, year-over-year. Loans represented $10.5 billion, or 44.8% of the year-end 2003 total, and were up $5.0 billion, or 91.3%, from the year-earlier amount. In 2003, the Company originated total loans of $4.3 billion, including $3.4 billion secured by multi-family buildings; the Roslyn merger contributed total loans of $3.6 billion on October 31st, including a $1.4 billion multi-family loan portfolio. At December 31, 2003, multi-family loans represented $7.4 billion, or 70.2%, of total loans outstanding, signifying a year-over-increase of $2.9 billion, or 63.9%. The increase in assets was also fueled by an increase in securities investments, reflecting the Roslyn merger and the Company’s leveraged growth strategy. At December 31, 2003, securities totaled $9.5 billion, up $5.0 billion, or 111.0%, from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. Included in the year-end 2003 total were $6.3 billion of securities available for sale and $3.2 billion of securities held to maturity.

 

On the liability side of the balance sheet, deposits rose $5.1 billion, or 96.5%, to $10.3 billion, including a $2.7 billion, or 80.5%, increase in core deposits to $6.0 billion. The increase in deposits largely reflects the benefit of the merger: with 39 banking offices, including 30 on Long Island, the Roslyn merger contributed $5.9 billion of deposits on October 31st. This increase was partly offset by the Company’s fourth quarter sale of the eight branches comprising its South Jersey Bank Division, which included deposits of $340.3 million. The sale produced a net gain of $37.6 million, recorded in other operating income in 2003.

 

Borrowings totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2003, up $5.3 billion, or 116.3%, from the level recorded at December 31, 2002. The increase reflects the $3.9 billion of borrowings acquired in the Roslyn merger, and the Company’s leveraged growth strategy. The pre-merger growth of the balance sheet was largely funded through the Company’s use of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) advances and repurchase agreements, and by the cash flows produced by the securities portfolio.

 

Consistent with its actions in the wake of the Haven and Richmond County transactions, the Company is currently in the process of repositioning the post-Roslyn merger balance sheet. As more of the Company’s cash flows are deployed into multi-family loan production, such loans will likely be restored to their pre-merger concentration, while the portfolios of one-to-four family and other loans are reduced through repayments or sales. With regard to liabilities, the Company would expect to see an increase in low-cost core deposits in tandem with a reduction in higher cost certificates of deposit (“CDs”). At the same time, the Company’s borrowings will increasingly consist of repurchase agreements with Wall Street brokerage firms.

 

Stockholders’ equity totaled $2.9 billion at year-end 2003, signifying a $1.5 billion, or 116.7%, increase from the balance recorded at year-end 2002. The 2003 amount reflects the goodwill and core deposit intangible (“CDI”) stemming from the Roslyn merger, which totaled $1.3 billion and $54.4 million, respectively. Excluding the goodwill and CDI, the Company’s tangible stockholders’ equity totaled $851.3 million at December 31, 2003, equivalent to a tangible book value per share of $3.38. The increase in tangible stockholders’ equity also reflects a $119.5 million rise in cash earnings, as previously defined, to $379.2 million. The growth in stockholders’ equity was utilized to distribute dividends in the amount of $131.1 million and to repurchase 11,281,374 shares of the Company’s common stock for a total of $237.9 million. At December 31st, the number of shares outstanding totaled 256,649,073, reflecting shares repurchased and shares issued in connection with the Roslyn merger.

 

In January 2004, the Company took steps to enhance its tangible capital levels, generating net proceeds of $399.5 million through the aforementioned follow-on offering of 13.5 million shares of its common stock. Had the offering occurred prior to year-end, it would have increased the Company’s tangible stockholders’ equity to $1.3 billion and its split-adjusted tangible book value per share to $4.72 at December 31, 2003. The majority of the proceeds were contributed to the Bank, which used the funds for various purposes, including loan production. The remaining proceeds were primarily used by the Company for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and the purchase of short-term money market investments.

 

10


The Company also increased its quarterly cash dividend in 2003, in each of the year’s four quarters, resulting in a 67% increase by the end of the year. In the first quarter of 2004, the upward trend continued, with the Board raising the quarterly cash dividend another 12%.

 

Fueled by interest-earning asset growth, and the two-month benefit of the Roslyn merger, the Company recorded 2003 earnings of $323.4 million, up $94.1 million, or 41.1%, year-over-year. The 2003 amount was equivalent to $1.65 on a diluted per share basis, representing a 31.7% increase from $1.25 per diluted share in the year-earlier twelve months. The Company’s 2003 earnings include the aforementioned pre-tax gain of $37.6 million stemming from the sale of its South Jersey Bank Division on the 19th of December. Equivalent to $22.7 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, on an after-tax basis, the net gain offset an after-tax charge of $19.0 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, stemming from the merger-related allocation of ESOP shares.

 

Based on the strength of its 2003 results, and management’s expectations regarding loan and revenue growth over the next four quarters, the Company has raised its 2004 diluted earnings per share projections to a split-adjusted range of $2.17 to $2.20 from the $1.90 projected at the time the Roslyn merger was announced in June 2003. Please see “Forward-looking Statements and Associated Risk Factors” for a discussion of various factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from these projected results.

 

In addition, it should be noted that the Company routinely evaluates opportunities to expand through acquisition, and frequently conducts due diligence activities in connection with such opportunities. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations may take place in the future, and acquisitions involving cash, debt, or equity securities may occur.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Balance Sheet Summary

 

The asset growth recorded in 2003 exceeded all prior Company records, with total assets rising 107.2% to $23.4 billion from $11.3 billion at December 31, 2002. In addition to the $10.4 billion of assets acquired in the Roslyn merger on the 31st of October, asset growth was boosted by the record volume of loans produced over the course of the year. Originations totaled $4.3 billion in 2003, including $2.0 billion in the fourth quarter, as compared to $2.6 billion in all of 2002. The fourth quarter volume is indicative of the Company’s capacity for loan production, which has been enhanced by the infusion of funds stemming from the combination with Roslyn.

 

At December 31, 2003, loans outstanding totaled $10.5 billion, signifying a year-over-year increase of $5.0 billion, or 91.3%. Multi-family mortgage loans represented $7.4 billion of the year-end 2003 total, having risen $2.9 billion, or 63.9%, year-over-year. While the Roslyn merger contributed multi-family loans of $1.4 billion, the increase in the portfolio was primarily due to the record level of loan production, with $3.4 billion of multi-family loans originated in 2003.

 

Although multi-family lending remained its primary focus, the Company also produced a record level of commercial and construction real estate loans during the year. Reflecting the addition of Roslyn’s loans and organic loan production, the Company’s realized a $911.7 million rise in commercial real estate loans to $1.4 billion and a $526.5 million rise in construction loans to $643.5 million in 2003. Originations accounted for $461.4 million and $140.8 million of the respective totals, while the Roslyn merger contributed commercial real estate loans of $716.3 million and construction loans of $529.8 million at October 31, 2003.

 

One-to-four family loans rose $465.2 million year-over-year, to $731.0 million, while other loans rose $232.8 million to $311.6 million at December 31, 2003. The increases were entirely attributable to the Roslyn merger, as the Company maintains a policy of selling the one-to-four family and consumer loans it originates within ten days of closing to a third-party conduit. Roslyn contributed one-to-four family loans of $636.4 million and other loans of $253.5 million at the merger date.

 

Asset growth was also fueled by securities investments, as the Company maintained its strategy of leveraged growth in the first ten months of 2003. Capitalizing on the steepest yield curve in more than a decade, the Company increased its use of borrowings during the first three quarters to invest in mortgage-backed and –related securities at favorable spreads.

 

11


In the fourth quarter of 2003, management shifted its focus in the wake of the Roslyn merger to a strategy of balance sheet repositioning. While the increase in multi-family loans figured significantly in this process, the downsizing of the securities portfolio was also paramount. To reduce its exposure to credit and interest-rate risk, and begin to restore the mix of assets to its pre-merger configuration, the Company sold $1.1 billion of the securities acquired in the Roslyn merger, and invested the proceeds into loans and mortgage-backed and –related securities featuring higher yields. Prepayments also produced a significant level of cash flows in the third and fourth quarters; these too were deployed into higher yielding loans and securities.

 

Securities totaled $9.5 billion at December 31, 2003, signifying a $5.0 billion, or 111.0%, increase from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. Included in the year-end 2003 amount were $6.3 billion of securities available for sale, up from $4.0 billion, and $3.2 billion that were held to maturity, up from $549.5 million. Mortgage-backed and -related securities represented $5.5 billion and $2.0 billion of the respective year-end 2003 totals, as compared to $3.6 billion and $36.9 million at year-end 2002. At October 31, 2003, the Roslyn merger contributed securities available for sale of $4.1 billion and securities held to maturity of $1.7 billion, including mortgage-backed and -related securities of $3.1 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.

 

In the first two months of 2004, the Company continued its balance sheet repositioning, with the sale of $129.9 million of home equity loans it acquired through the Roslyn merger on October 31st. The proceeds from the sale of these loans, like the proceeds from securities sales and repayments, are being used to originate loans and purchase securities that are more consistent with the Company’s risk-averse portfolios.

 

Validating its emphasis on the production of risk-averse assets, the Company’s record of asset quality was sustained in 2003. In addition to marking its 37th consecutive quarter without any net charge-offs, the Company maintained a 0.15% ratio of non-performing assets to total assets, despite the significant growth of its loan portfolio between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003. Reflecting the addition of Roslyn’s balance sheet on the 31st of October, the balance of non-performing assets rose from $16.5 million to $34.4 million over the twelve-month period. Non-performing loans accounted for $16.3 million and $34.3 million, respectively, of the year-end 2002 and 2003 totals, and were equivalent to 0.30% and 0.33% of loans, net. At the same time, other real estate owned declined from $175,000 at December 31, 2002 to $92,000 at December 31, 2003.

 

The allowance for loan losses rose $37.8 million year-over-year to $78.3 million, representing 228.01% of non-performing loans and 0.75% of loans, net at December 31, 2003. The increase in the allowance for loan losses was entirely attributable to the addition of Roslyn’s loan loss allowance, as the Company made no provisions for loan losses during the year. At December 31, 2002, the allowance for loan losses totaled $40.5 million, equivalent to 247.83% of non-performing loans and 0.74% of loans, net.

 

Goodwill totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2003, as compared to $624.5 million at December 31, 2002. The increase reflects the goodwill recorded in connection with the Roslyn merger; the year-earlier balance consisted of the goodwill stemming from the Richmond County and Haven merger transactions alone.

 

The Roslyn merger also contributed CDI of $54.4 million at the end of October, which was reduced through amortization to $53.5 million at December 31, 2003. CDI totaled $99.0 million at that date, including the CDI stemming from the Roslyn merger and $45.5 million of the remaining unamortized CDI stemming from the Richmond County merger on July 31, 2001. In each case, the CDI is being amortized over a period of ten years on a straight-line basis, with the Roslyn-related CDI being amortized at an annual rate of $5.4 million and the Richmond County-related CDI being amortized at a rate of $6.0 million per year.

 

Other assets rose $311.2 million year-over-year to $634.5 million, including a $172.0 million increase in Bank-owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) to $375.0 million. The Roslyn merger accounted for $270.2 million of the increase in other assets, including $125.9 million of the year-over-year rise in BOLI. The remainder of the increase in BOLI reflects a rise in the cash surrender value of the Company’s stand-alone investment and the purchase of $30.0 million more during 2003. An additional $100.0 million of BOLI was purchased by the Company on February 27, 2004.

 

The repositioning of the asset mix in the wake of the Roslyn merger was paralleled by a shift in the Company’s sources of funds. One of the primary benefits of the Roslyn merger was the addition of its branch network and the

 

12


accompanying infusion of deposits. Such deposits totaled $5.9 billion at the time of the merger, including $2.7 billion of core deposits and $3.2 billion of CDs. Deposits totaled $10.3 billion at December 31, 2003, signifying a $5.1 billion, or 96.5%, rise from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. Core deposits represented $6.0 billion, or 57.8%, of the year-end 2003 total, as compared to $3.3 billion, or 62.9%, at the prior year-end. CDs totaled $4.4 billion at December 31, 2003, up $2.4 billion, reflecting the addition of Roslyn’s CD balances. Prior to the merger, the Company’s balance of CDs had been declining, reflecting management’s emphasis on attracting lower-cost core deposits and its non-aggressive pricing policy with regard to CDs.

 

The increase in deposits stemming from the Roslyn merger was slightly offset by the sale of the Company’s South Jersey Bank Division, consisting of eight branches with deposits of $340.3 million, on December 19, 2003. Included in the latter amount were core deposits totaling $207.0 million and CDs totaling $133.3 million.

 

While deposits grew year-over year, the Company’s primary source of funding in 2003 consisted of borrowings. Borrowings totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2003, up $5.3 billion, or 116.3%, from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002. The increase reflects the $3.9 billion of borrowed funds acquired in the Roslyn merger, and the borrowings committed to by the Company in the first ten months of the year.

 

During the year, the mix of borrowings underwent several changes, with a greater emphasis being placed on repurchase agreements with Wall Street brokerage firms. At December 31, 2003, such agreements represented $5.6 billion, or 56.5%, of total borrowings, as compared to $486.1 million, representing 10.6%, at the prior year-end. At the same time, FHLB-NY advances represented $2.4 billion, or 24.0%, of the year-end 2003 total, in contrast to $2.3 billion, representing 49.0%, at year-end 2002. The shift in the mix of borrowings corresponds to management’s focus on reducing its exposure to the uncertainty surrounding the FHLB-NY’s payment of its quarterly dividend. In the third quarter of 2003, the FHLB-NY suspended its quarterly cash dividend, which reduced the total amount of dividend income produced by the Company’s FHLB-NY stock. In addition, no dividend income was recognized in the fourth quarter of the year.

 

The remainder of the Company’s borrowings at year-end 2003 consisted of trust preferred securities totaling $590.1 million, as compared to $368.8 million at year-end 2002. Included in the 2003 amount were $62.1 million of trust preferred securities and $102.0 million of preferred stock that were acquired in the Roslyn merger and $60.0 million that were sold in a private placement transaction in the second quarter by a second-tier subsidiary of the Company, CFS Investments New Jersey, Inc. The latter securities consisted of $10.0 million of 8.25% fixed-rate preferred stock and $50.0 million of LIBOR plus 3.25% floating–rate preferred stock.

 

Significant cash flows also stemmed from securities sales and repayments and from repayments on mortgage loans. In 2003, securities sales and redemptions generated cash flows of $8.2 billion, including $3.3 billion in the fourth quarter; mortgage repayments generated an additional $2.6 billion during the year, including $941.7 million in the last three months.

 

Stockholders’ equity rose $1.5 billion, or 116.7%, to $2.9 billion, equivalent to a 56.4% rise in book value per share to $11.40. In addition to the equity acquired in the Roslyn merger, the increase was fueled by a $119.5 million rise in cash earnings to $379.2 million (as previously presented in the cash earnings reconciliation), which offset the allocation of $131.1 million toward dividend distributions and the allocation of $237.9 million toward the repurchase of Company shares. On January 30, 2004, the Company issued 13.5 million shares of common stock, generating net proceeds of $399.5 million. Had the offering taken place prior to year-end 2003, the Company’s stockholders’ equity would have equaled $3.3 billion, equivalent to a book value of $12.33 per share. The impact on the Company’s tangible stockholders’ equity would have been even greater, raising the balance from $851.3 million to $1.3 billion on a pro forma basis, and its tangible book value from $3.38 per share to $4.72 per share.

 

At December 31, 2003, the number of outstanding shares totaled 256,649,073, including the shares issued pursuant to the Roslyn merger in October, the exercise of stock options, and the repurchase of 11,281,374 shares over the course of the year. On June 26, 2003, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 5,200,000 shares outstanding; of these, 964,541 were still available for repurchase at year-end 2003. On February 26, 2004, with approximately 410,000 shares remaining under the June 2003 authorization, the Board authorized the Company to repurchase up to five million more shares of its common stock.

 

13


Loans

 

The significant level of asset growth that stemmed from the Roslyn merger was complemented by the record volume of loans produced over the course of the year. Loan originations totaled $4.3 billion in 2003, exceeding the prior-year volume of $2.6 billion by 69.1%. While the interest rate environment triggered prepayments of $2.6 billion, the combination of loans produced and loans acquired in the merger boosted the loan portfolio to $10.5 billion, signifying a year-over-year increase of $5.0 billion, or 91.3%.

 

Multi-family loans totaled $7.4 billion at December 31, 2003, signifying a $2.9 billion, or 63.9%, increase from the total recorded at December 31, 2002. While the Roslyn merger contributed $1.4 billion of such loans, the increase was primarily due to organic growth. In 2003, the Company originated $3.4 billion of loans secured by multi-family buildings, a 64.3% increase from $2.1 billion in the prior year. In 2003 and 2002, multi-family loans represented 78.1% and 80.4%, respectively, of total loan originations and 70.2% and 81.9%, respectively, of total loans outstanding at the respective year-ends.

 

The Company’s focus on multi-family lending is consistent with its risk-averse nature. Such loans tend to refinance every three to five years, regardless of the interest rate climate, making them generally less susceptible to interest rate risk than one-to-four family loans. In addition, the performance of the Company’s multi-family loan portfolio has been consistently solid: The Company has not had a loss on any in-market multi-family loan for 20 years or more.

 

The approval process for multi-family loans is also highly efficient, typically taking a period of four to six weeks. Multi-family loans are arranged through a select group of experienced mortgage brokers who are familiar with the Company’s underwriting procedures and its reputation for timely response. As one of the few banks in the region to produce such loans in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the Company has secured a solid reputation as a multi-family lender, and has been rewarded with a steady supply of product, despite the visibility of other competitors in its marketplace.

 

The Company’s multi-family market niche is centered in the New York metro region and is primarily comprised of buildings that are rent-controlled or rent-stabilized. At December 31, 2003, 40.7% of the portfolio was secured by buildings based in Manhattan, with another 40.7% secured by buildings in the other four boroughs of New York City. The Company’s loans are typically made to long-term property owners who invest the funds they’ve borrowed back into the buildings securing the loans. As improvements are made to the apartments within, the rents are permitted to increase in accordance with rent regulations, thus creating more cash flow for the borrower to borrow against. This cycle has repeated itself consistently over the decades, with most loans refinancing with the Company. Because these buildings have been well maintained, and because their rents are typically below market, the buildings securing the Company’s loans tend to be fully occupied. The Company bases its decision to lend on the cash flows produced by the building, rather than on the market value, which may change as the economy turns.

 

The Company’s multi-family loans generally feature a term of ten years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five years of the mortgage and a rate that adjusts annually in each of years six through ten. However, as multi-family lending is, as stated above, a refinancing business, the Company’s typical multi-family loan has an average life of four years. Loans that refinance within the first five years are subject to a stringent prepayment penalty schedule; depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one in years one through five. While such penalties represent a potential source of income, they also serve as an enhancement to the Company’s negotiations with borrowers seeking to refinance with the Bank. Because the majority of loans in portfolio tend to stay with the Bank upon refinancing, the potential for future portfolio growth is enhanced with every new loan that is made.

 

It is currently expected that multi-family loans will be restored to their pre-merger prominence within the mix of loans outstanding as the Company deploys the bulk of its liquidity into the origination of such credits, and as the balances of one-to-four family and other loans decline.

 

The Company originates one-to-four family and other loans on a pass-through basis only. Applications are taken and processed by the third-party provider, which receives a fee from the Company. The third-party provider then pays a fee to the Company for each loan that is closed and delivered, resulting in a net increase in other income to the Company. The Company then sells these loans, without recourse, to the same third-party provider, typically producing a net gain on sale. In addition to ensuring that

 

14


its customers have a wide range of one-to-four family products to choose from, the conduit arrangement supports two of the Company’s chief objectives: reducing its exposure to credit and interest rate risk and promoting efficiency. One-to-four family loans tend to be more susceptible to economic adversity and fluctuating interest rates than loans secured by multi-family buildings; in addition, they are more costly to originate and service than other types of loans. The conduit arrangement effectively eliminates the risks involved in one-to-four family lending, as well as the higher costs involved. In 2003, the Company originated one-to-four family loans of $301.7 million that were subsequently sold to a third-party conduit.

 

In 2003, the portfolio of one-to-four family loans declined steadily over the first three quarters, reflecting an increase in repayments as market interest rates declined. In the fourth quarter of the year, the portfolio was increased by the Roslyn merger, which contributed one-to-four family loans of $636.4 million at October 31st. The net effect of this increase and the offsetting volume of repayments was a $465.2 million rise in one-to-four family loans outstanding to $731.0 million at December 31, 2003. The 2003 amount represented 7.0% of loans outstanding, up from 4.8% at December 31, 2002. In 2004, the concentration of one-to-four family loans is expected to decline further through attrition, reflecting both repayments and the Company’s conduit policy.

 

The Company also originates other loans on a conduit basis, in the same way, and for the same reasons, that it originates one-to-four family loans. Other loans, primarily consisting of home equity and consumer loans, totaled $311.6 million at December 31, 2003, as compared to $78.8 million at December 31, 2002. The increase was largely attributable to the Roslyn merger, which contributed other loans of $253.5 million. The balance of other loans is expected to decline in 2004, reflecting sales and repayments and the absence of any additions to the portfolio. In the first two months of 2004, the Company sold $129.9 million of the home equity loans acquired in the Roslyn merger, in keeping with its efforts to reduce its exposure to credit and interest rate risk.

 

To complement its portfolio of loans secured by multi-family buildings, the Company also originates—and retains for portfolio—commercial real estate and construction loans. Commercial real estate loans totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2003, up $911.7 million, reflecting the addition of Roslyn’s $716.3 million portfolio and a record level of originations over the course of the year. In 2003, the Company produced commercial real estate loans of $461.4 million, exceeding the year-earlier volume by $302.1 million.

 

The Company’s commercial real estate loans are structured in the same manner as its multi-family credits, typically featuring a fixed rate for the first five years of the loan and a rate that adjusts in each of years six through ten. Prepayment penalties also apply, with five points generally being charged on loans that refinance in the first year of the mortgage, scaling down to one point on loans that refinance in year five. The majority of commercial real estate loans are secured by office or retail buildings in the five boroughs of New York City.

 

Construction loans totaled $643.5 million at year-end 2003, up $526.5 million from the year-earlier amount. The increase reflects loans acquired in the Roslyn merger totaling $529.8 million, and a record level of originations over the course of the year. Originations totaled $140.8 million in the current twelve-month period, as compared to $89.2 million in 2002.

 

The Company primarily originates construction loans to a select group of experienced builders with whom it has had a successful lending relationship in the past. Building loans are primarily made for the construction of owner-occupied one-to-four family homes under contract and, to a far lesser extent, for the acquisition and development of commercial real estate properties. Originated for terms of up to two years, construction loans feature a daily floating prime-based index and a minimum floor.

 

Included in the year-end 2003 balance of construction loans were loans originated for the development of residential subdivisions on Long Island, which was Roslyn’s lending niche. Such lending is consistent with the Company’s focus on risk-averse assets and is expected to continue in 2004. Also reflected in the year-end 2003 balance were loans originated by Roslyn for the rehabilitation of multi-family buildings in New York City. As such loans reach maturity and rehabilitation is completed, it is expected that such loans will be considered for refinancing in accordance with the Company’s credit standards for multi-family loans.

 

15


In 2004, the repositioning of the asset mix is expected to continue, with multi-family and residential subdivision construction loans dominant among the loans produced. It is currently management’s expectation that a 20% net increase in loans will be achieved by the end of the year.

 

LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS

 

     At December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
(dollars in thousands)    Amount

    Percent
of Total


    Amount

    Percent
of Total


    Amount

    Percent
of Total


 

MORTGAGE LOANS:

                                          

Multi-family

   $ 7,368,155     70.18 %   $ 4,494,332     81.88 %   $ 3,255,167     60.23 %

One-to-four family

     730,963     6.96       265,724     4.84       1,318,295     24.40  

Commercial real estate

     1,445,048     13.76       533,327     9.71       561,944     10.40  

Construction

     643,548     6.13       117,013     2.13       152,367     2.82  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Total mortgage loans

     10,187,714     97.03       5,410,396     98.56       5,287,773     97.85  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Other loans

     311,634     2.97       78,787     1.44       116,878     2.15  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Total mortgage and other loans

     10,499,348     100.00 %     5,489,183     100.00 %     5,404,651     100.00 %
    


 

 


 

 


 

Unearned premiums

     —               19             91        

Net deferred loan origination costs (fees)

     1,023             (5,130 )           (3,055 )      

Allowance for loan losses

     (78,293 )           (40,500 )           (40,500 )      
    


       


       


     

Loans, net

   $ 10,422,078           $ 5,443,572           $ 5,361,187        
    


       


       


     

 

Asset Quality

 

Superior asset quality has been a key component of the Company’s performance throughout its ten years as a public company. In 2003, its record of quality was extended despite the significant level of loan growth accomplished through organic loan production and the addition of Roslyn’s loan portfolio.

 

In addition to recording its 37th consecutive quarter without any net charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses, the Company maintained its exceptional measures of asset quality. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, non-performing assets respectively totaled $34.4 million and $16.5 million, equivalent to 0.15% of total assets at each of the corresponding dates. Non-performing loans accounted for $34.3 million and $16.3 million, respectively, of the year-end 2003 and 2002 totals and were equivalent to 0.33% and 0.30% of loans, net, respectively. The year-end ratios also reflect a modest change from the September 30, 2003 measures, with non-performing assets then representing 0.10% of total assets and non-performing loans then representing 0.21% of loans, net. The linked-quarter increases reflect the addition of Roslyn’s assets in connection with the merger on October 31st.

 

Included in non-performing loans at December 31, 2003 were non-accrual mortgage loans totaling $32.3 million, representing a $20.4 million increase from the year-earlier amount. Other non-accrual loans represented the remainder of the year-end 2003 balance, at $2.0 million; there were no other non-accrual loans recorded at December 31, 2002. At the latter date, the Company had loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest of $4.4 million; the Company had no such loans at December 31, 2003.

 

A loan is generally classified as a “non-accrual loan” when it is 90 days past due and management has determined that the collectibility of the entire loan is doubtful. When a loan is placed on “non-accrual” status, the Bank ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is less than 90 days past due and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

 

Other real estate owned totaled $92,000 at year-end 2003, signifying an $83,000 reduction from the total recorded at December 31, 2002. The balance at December 31, 2003 was comprised of two loans secured by one-to-four family homes within the Company’s primary market, with an average loan-to-value ratio of 49.6%.

 

16


Consistent with its practice following the Haven and Richmond County mergers, the Company performed a review of the loan portfolio acquired in connection with the Roslyn merger to determine if the risk characteristics were consistent with the credit standards applied to the Company’s stand-alone portfolio. Based upon management’s findings, certain of Roslyn’s loans were written down to their fair value, and certain other loans are expected to be sold in 2004. In the first two months of the year, the Company sold $129.9 million of the home equity loans acquired in the Roslyn merger, as their risk profile did not match the Company’s established standards. The sales generated no gain or loss during the period.

 

The quality of the loan portfolio reflects the relative strength of the local real estate market and the Company’s adherence to the conservative underwriting and credit standards it maintains. In the case of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, management looks first at the consistency of the cash flow being generated to determine its economic value, and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two.

 

The condition of the property is another critical factor. Every building is inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval by executive management and the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board, which approves all loans. In addition, a member of the Committee participates in inspections on every loan in excess of $2.0 million. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by the Company’s in-house appraisal officers, perform the appraisals on all of the properties. The Bank’s multi-family and commercial real estate loans are brought to the Bank by a select group of mortgage brokers who, for the most part, have worked with the Bank for many years.

 

To further minimize credit risk, the Company limits the amount of credit granted to any one borrower and requires a minimum debt service ratio of 120%, although a minimum of 140% is more the Company’s norm. Although the Company will lend up to 75% of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65% on commercial properties, the average loan-to-value ratio of such credits at December 31, 2003 was 59.4% and 54.2%, respectively. The average multi-family loan in the portfolio at that date had a principal balance of $2.5 million; the average commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $1.4 million.

 

As a result of the Roslyn merger, the Company acquired an attractive portfolio of residential subdivision construction loans. Like the Company’s multi-family loans, these loans are made to local borrowers with a solid reputation and extensive development expertise. At the time of the merger, Roslyn had not had a net charge-off on such loans in more than a decade, making them a solid addition to the Company’s risk-averse loan portfolio.

 

Subdivision loans are typically originated for a term of eighteen to twenty-four months at a floating rate of interest, thereby reducing the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk. Credit risk is also reduced by the loan disbursement process, with a substantial portion of the loan commitment being made available to the borrower only upon receipt of a signed contract of sale for each unit being built. Loan proceeds are advanced as various stages of construction are completed and certified by the Bank’s consulting engineers.

 

The Company’s construction loans have also been stringently underwritten, and primarily made to well-established builders who have worked with the Bank or its merger partners in the past. The Company will typically lend up to 70% of the estimated market value, and up to 80% in the case of home construction loans to individuals. With respect to commercial construction loans, which are not its primary focus, the Company will typically lend up to 65% of the estimated market value of the property. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to the Bank by its own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

 

The Company has not originated one-to-four family or consumer loans for portfolio since December 1, 2000, opting instead to sell such loans to a third-party conduit. Reflecting its conduit policy and the high volume of repayments, the Company realized a reduction in the balance of such loans during the first ten months of the year. While the year-end 2003 balances rose in connection with the Roslyn merger, it is currently expected that these portfolios will again be reduced through repayments and through the continuation of the Company’s conduit policy.

 

The repositioning of the balance sheet and the aforementioned conduit program were both designed to reduce the Company’s exposure to credit and interest rate risk. Since the Company’s multi-family loans are relatively short-term and

 

17


are secured by rent-controlled and rent-stabilized buildings, it is believed that the portfolio is better insulated against downturns in the economy and interest rate volatility. Historically, the Company’s multi-family loan portfolio has outperformed its portfolio of one-to-four family credits, and is expected to grow as a means of controlling the Company’s exposure to credit and interest rate risk. The portfolio of construction loans acquired in the Roslyn merger is also expected to support this objective, given the solid historic performance of such assets and their relatively short term to maturity.

 

While the Company strives to originate loans of the highest quality, the absence of delinquencies cannot be guaranteed. The ability of a borrower to fulfill his or her obligations may be impacted by a change in personal circumstances, or by a downturn in local real estate values or the economy. To minimize the impact of credit risk, the Company maintains coverage through an allowance for loan losses, which may be increased by the provision for loan losses charged to operations or reduced by charge-offs or reversals.

 

While no provisions for loan losses were set aside in 2003, and no charge-offs or reversals were recorded, the allowance for loan losses increased from $40.5 million at December 31, 2002 to $78.3 million at December 31, 2003. The increase was attributable to the addition of Roslyn’s $37.8 million loan loss allowance, in connection with the merger on October 31st. As compared to the year-end 2002 allowance, which was equivalent to 247.83% of non-performing loans and 0.74% of loans, net, the year-end 2003 allowance was equivalent to 228.01% of non-performing loans and 0.75% of loans, net.

 

Management establishes the allowance for loan losses through a process that begins with estimates of probable loss inherent in the portfolio, based on various statistical analyses. These analyses consider historical and projected default rates and loss severities; internal risk ratings; and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. In establishing the allowance for loan losses, management also considers the Company’s current business strategy and underwriting process, including compliance with stringent guidelines it has established with regard to credit limitations, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures.

 

The policy of the Bank is to segment the allowance to correspond to the various types of loans in the loan portfolio. These loan categories are assessed with specific emphasis on the underlying collateral, which corresponds to the respective levels of quantified and inherent risk. The initial assessment takes into consideration non-performing loans and the valuation of the collateral supporting each loan. Non-performing loans are risk-weighted based upon an aging schedule that typically depicts either (1) delinquency, a situation in which repayment obligations are at least 90 days in arrears, or (2) serious delinquency, a situation in which legal foreclosure action has been initiated. Based upon this analysis, a quantified risk factor is assigned to each type of non-performing loan. This results in an allocation to the overall allowance for the corresponding type and severity of each non-performing loan category.

 

Performing loans are also reviewed by collateral type, with similar risk factors being assigned. These risk factors take into consideration the borrower’s ability to pay and the Bank’s past loan loss experience with each loan type, among other matters. The performing loan categories are also assigned quantified risk factors, which result in allocations to the allowance that correspond to the individual types of loans in the portfolio.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary, based on changes in economic and local market conditions beyond management’s control. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses as an integral part of the examination process. Accordingly, the Bank may be required to take certain charge-offs and/or recognize additions to the loan loss allowance based on the judgment of the regulators with regard to information provided to them during their exams. Based upon all relevant and presently available information, management believes that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

The Company’s policies with regard to the allowance for loan losses are considered critical to its financial condition because they require management to make difficult, complex, or subjective judgments regarding matters that may be inherently uncertain. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses is also discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies,” and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” For more information regarding the Company’s asset quality and the coverage provided by the loan loss allowance, please see the Asset Quality Analysis that follows and “Provision for Loan Losses” within the discussion of the Company’s results of operations.

 

18


ASSET QUALITY ANALYSIS

 

     At December 31,

 
(dollars in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES:

                                        

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 40.500     $ 40,500     $ 18,064     $ 7,031     $ 9,431  

Acquired allowance

     37,793       —         22,436       11,033       —    

Reversal of provision for loan losses

     —         —         —         —         (2,400 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 78,293     $ 40,500     $ 40,500     $ 18,064     $ 7,031  
    


 


 


 


 


NON-PERFORMING ASSETS:

                                        

Non-accrual mortgage loans

   $ 32,344     $ 11,915     $ 10,604     $ 6,011     $ 2,886  

Other non-accrual loans

     1,994       —         —         —         —    

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest

     —         4,427       6,894       3,081       222  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing loans

     34,338       16,342       17,498       9,092       3,108  

Other real estate owned

     92       175       249       12       66  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing assets

   $ 34,430     $ 16,517     $ 17,747     $ 9,104     $ 3,174  
    


 


 


 


 


RATIOS:

                                        

Non-performing loans to loans, net

     0.33 %     0.30 %     0.33 %     0.25 %     0.19 %

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.15       0.15       0.19       0.19       0.17  

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     228.01       247.83       231.46       198.68       226.22  

Allowance for loan losses to loans, net

     0.75       0.74       0.76       0.50       0.44  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Securities and Mortgage-backed and -related Securities

 

The Company selects its investments to support three primary objectives: minimizing its exposure to credit, prepayment, and interest rate risk; providing needed liquidity; and keeping the Bank’s funds fully employed at the maximum rate of return.

 

The Company groups its securities investments into two classifications: available for sale and held to maturity. As reflected on the balance sheet, available-for-sale securities are further divided into two categories: mortgage-backed and -related securities, and investment securities. While securities classified as available for sale are intended to generate earnings, they also represent a significant source of cash flows for lending and for general operating activities. In 2003, cash flows from the sale and redemption of available-for-sale securities totaled $7.8 billion, exceeding the year-earlier volume by $5.1 billion. Available-for-sale securities also provide management with the flexibility to take appropriate action when attractive market opportunities arise or market conditions change.

 

The Company’s held-to-maturity securities are similarly divided into mortgage-backed and -related securities and other investment securities. The held-to-maturity portfolios also serve as a source of earnings, and as a source of liquidity.

 

While multi-family loans remain the Company’s principal asset, the portfolio of securities has grown significantly in the past year. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, total securities rose $5.0 billion to $9.5 billion, including a $2.3 billion increase in total securities available for sale and a $2.7 billion increase in total securities held to maturity. Reflected in these balances are securities acquired in the fourth quarter, in connection with the Roslyn merger on October 31st. At the time of the merger, Roslyn had securities totaling $5.8 billion; by the end of the year, this balance had been reduced by $1.8 billion, largely through principal reductions and sales.

 

While the Roslyn merger accounted for most of the growth in total securities in 2003, the year-over-year increase was also fueled by the continuation of the Company’s leveraged growth strategy. Capitalizing on the yield curve, the Company increased its borrowings from January through October, and deployed them into securities at attractive spreads. Furthermore, as long-term rates began, and continued, to rise during the third and fourth quarters, the liquidity created by prepayments was utilized to replenish the mix of assets—including securities—at substantially higher yields. In addition to strengthening the risk-averse profile of its assets, these strategies contributed significantly to the Company’s year-over-year earnings growth.

 

19


At December 31, 2003, the portfolio of securities available for sale amounted to $6.3 billion, up 58.8% from $4.0 billion at December 31, 2002. Although the increase was significant, the 2003 amount represented only 26.8% of total assets, in contrast to the 2002 balance, which represented 34.9%. Mortgage-backed and –related securities accounted for $5.5 billion, or 87.6%, of securities available for sale at December 31, 2003, and featured a weighted average life of 3.4 years. Debt and equity securities accounted for the remaining $775.7 million of the year-end 2003 balance and included capital trust notes of $399.8 million.

 

Securities held to maturity also rose significantly, to $3.2 billion from $549.5 million, representing 13.7% and 4.9% of total assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The 2003 amount primarily consisted of mortgage-backed and -related securities totaling $2.0 billion, representing 63.3% of securities held to maturity. The remainder of the held-to-maturity portfolio consisted of debt securities totaling $1.2 billion; of this amount, $275.7 million consisted of capital trust notes and $239.7 million consisted of corporate bonds.

 

Reflecting management’s stated preference for multi-family lending, it is expected that the Company’s portfolios of securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities will be reduced over time. The Company intends to invest the cash flows generated by securities sales and repayments into multi-family and other higher yielding loan originations, depending on market conditions and other investment opportunities.

 

Sources of Funds

 

In its ten years as a public company, the Company has earned a solid reputation for its ability to generate a significant level of interest-earning asset growth. The Company’s ability to fund that growth with deposits was substantially expanded as a result of the Roslyn merger in the fourth quarter of 2003. Deposits totaled $10.3 billion at December 31, 2003, signifying a $5.1 billion, or 96.5%, increase from the total recorded at December 31, 2002.

 

Core deposits represented $6.0 billion, or 57.8%, of the year-end 2003 total, as compared to $3.3 billion, representing 62.9%, at the prior year-end. The 80.5% increase consisted of a $1.1 billion, or 92.0%, rise in NOW and money market accounts to $2.3 billion, representing 22.3% of total deposits; a $1.3 billion, or 79.3%, rise in savings accounts to $2.9 billion, representing 28.5% of total deposits; and a $255.1 million rise in non-interest-bearing accounts to $720.2 million, representing 7.0% of total deposits at year-end 2003. While the Company acquired $2.7 billion in core deposits through the Roslyn merger, this addition was partly tempered by the sale of the South Jersey Bank branches, which held core deposits of $207.0 million at December 19th, the date of the sale.

 

At December 31, 2003, CDs represented $4.4 billion, or 42.2%, of total deposits, as compared to $1.9 billion, which represented 37.1% of the total at December 31, 2002. While the Roslyn merger added $3.2 billion in CDs on the 31st of October, the increase was offset by the sale of the South Jersey Bank branches, which held $133.3 million of CDs when the sale took place. In addition, the Company has maintained a strategy of discouraging “hot money” deposits (i.e., deposits attracted by well above-average market rates of interest) and of allowing such deposits to run off at maturity. Consistent with this strategy, the Company reduced its balance of CDs by $678.2 million over the course of the year. When appropriate, the Company encourages its customers to invest such funds into the third-party investment products that are offered through its branch network. The Company earns other operating income on the sale of such third-party products and ranks among the thrift industry’s top producers of revenues from investment product sales.

 

The Company’s ability to attract and retain deposits depends on various factors, including market interest rates and competition with other banks. The Company vies for deposits by emphasizing convenience and service: customers are offered a broad range of financial products and services at a large number of locations, each of which features extensive evening and weekend hours. Besides traditional checking and savings accounts, the product menu features a full range of third-party investment products, including insurance, annuities, and mutual funds. The Company also features several delivery channels, including online banking through its web site, www.myNYCB.com.

 

The Company operates its 140 banking offices through seven community divisions, each one enjoying a strong local identity. In Queens and Richmond counties, the two fastest growing boroughs of New York City, the Company is the second largest thrift, based on deposits, with respective market shares of 8.7% and 19.3%. In neighboring Nassau County, the Company enjoys a 9.9% share of deposits, making it the county’s second largest thrift. The Company

 

20


also has a significant share of deposits in several other densely populated markets within the New York metro region, including 20% of deposits in Bayonne, New Jersey. Market share information was provided by SNL Financial as of June 30, 2003 as if Roslyn had merged with the Company as of that date.

 

The Company’s 52 in-store branches represent the largest supermarket banking franchise in the New York metro region, and one of the largest in the Northeast. Open seven days a week, including most holidays, the Company’s in-store branches have been a significant source of low-cost deposits and of revenues from third-party investment product sales.

 

While the Company increased its deposits in 2003 as a result of the merger, borrowings were its primary source of funds in the first ten months of the year. In connection with its leveraged growth strategy, the Company increased its borrowings from January through October; the balance was further increased through the addition of Roslyn’s borrowings, in the amount of $3.8 billion, on October 31st. As a result, borrowings totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2003, signifying a $5.3 billion, or 116.3%, increase from the balance recorded at December 31, 2002.

 

While the balance of borrowings rose year-over-year, the mix underwent several changes, with a greater emphasis being placed on repurchase agreements with Wall Street brokerage firms. At December 31, 2003, such agreements represented $5.6 billion, or 56.5%, of total borrowings, as compared to $486.1 million, representing 10.6%, at the prior year-end. At December 31, 2003, the Company also had repurchase agreements with the FHLB-NY in the amount of $1.1 billion, down from $1.5 billion at December 31, 2002.

 

FHLB-NY advances accounted for $2.4 billion, or 24.0%, of total borrowings at the end of December, as compared to $2.3 billion, representing 49.0% of the total, at December 31, 2002. The remainder of the Company’s borrowings at year-end 2003 consisted primarily of trust preferred securities in the amount of $590.1 million, up $221.3 million from the year-earlier amount.

 

As the Company has been successful in deploying borrowed funds into interest-earning assets at favorable spreads, its leveraged growth strategy is currently expected to continue, depending on the steepness of the yield curve and the availability of attractive investments, in 2004.

 

Another significant source of funds during the year was the liquidity provided by the Company’s portfolios of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities. Reflecting the low level of market interest rates, the Company experienced a high volume of mortgage loan and mortgage-backed and –related securities prepayments, which resulted in an increase in cash flows in the second half of 2003. Such funds were deployed into higher-yielding assets, primarily consisting of multi-family loans and mortgage-related securities.

 

It is currently management’s expectation that securities sales and repayments will be a significant source of funding for the production of multi-family and other loans in 2004. Asset growth will also be funded with the net proceeds of $399.5 million that were generated by the Company’s common stock offering in January 2004, as previously discussed. In addition, the Company anticipates leveraging these proceeds to further grow its interest-earning assets.

 

Asset and Liability Management and the Management of Interest Rate Risk

 

The Company manages its assets and liabilities to reduce its exposure to changes in market interest rates. The asset and liability management process has three primary objectives: to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; to determine the appropriate level of risk, given the Company’s business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, and performance objectives; and to manage that risk in a manner consistent with the Board’s approved guidelines.

 

Market Risk

 

As a financial institution, the Company’s primary market risk lies in its exposure to interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those possessing a short term to maturity. Management monitors interest rate sensitivity so that adjustments in the asset and liability mix can be made on a timely basis when deemed appropriate, based on changes in interest rates.

 

21


In the process of managing interest rate risk, the Company has pursued the following strategies: (1) emphasizing the origination and retention of multi-family and commercial real estate loans with a fixed rate of interest in the first five years of the loan and a rate that adjusts annually in each of years six through ten; these loans typically refinance in the fourth year of the loan, and usually do so with the Bank; (2) selling one-to-four family and consumer loans on a conduit basis, without recourse; and (3) investing in mortgage-backed and -related securities with an estimated average life of two to seven years. These ongoing strategies take into consideration the relative stability of the Company’s core deposits and its non-aggressive pricing policy with regard to CDs.

 

The actual duration of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed and -related securities can be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment activity. While mortgage prepayments will vary due to a number of factors, the volume is primarily driven by the prevailing interest rate environment and by refinancing opportunities. Other factors impacting prepayment levels include the economy in the region where the underlying mortgages were originated; seasonal factors; demographic variables; and the assumability of the underlying mortgage loans.

 

In 2003, the Company took a variety of actions to further minimize its exposure to interest rate risk. First, the Company continued to strengthen its funding base by increasing its core deposits while at the same time reducing the balance of higher-cost CDs. The increase in funding provided support for the record volume of loans originated, the majority of which were multi-family loans specifically structured to minimize interest rate risk. Secondly, the Company increased its investments in readily saleable mortgage-backed and -related securities utilizing borrowed funds. The increase in multi-family loans and in securities available for sale is indicative of a more flexible institution, one well equipped to address changes in market interest rates.

 

To further reduce its exposure to interest rate risk in 2003, the Company entered into four interest rate swap agreements in the second quarter to effectively convert four of its trust preferred securities from fixed to variable rate instruments. Under these agreements, which were designated and accounted for as “fair value hedges” aggregating $65.0 million, the Company received a fixed interest rate equal to the interest due to the holders of the trust preferred securities and continues to pay a floating interest rate which is tied to the three-month LIBOR. The maturity dates, call features, and other terms of the derivative instruments match the terms of the trust preferred securities. As a result, no net gains or losses were recognized in earnings with respect to these hedges in 2003. Included in “other liabilities” at December 31, 2003 is a $2.9 million liability representing the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements; a corresponding adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the trust preferred securities at the time of the agreement to recognize the change in their fair value. The Company does not currently participate in any other activities involving hedging or the use of off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap

 

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring a bank’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific period of time if it will mature or reprice within that time frame. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time frame and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same period of time.

 

A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. Accordingly, during a period of rising interest rates, a company with a positive gap would be better positioned to invest in higher yielding assets, as this might result in the yield on its assets increasing at a pace more closely matching the pace at which the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities is increasing than if it had a negative gap. During a period of falling interest rates, a company with a positive gap would tend to see its assets repricing at a faster rate than one with a negative gap, which might tend to restrain the growth of its net interest income or result in a decline in interest income.

 

Reflecting the leveraged growth of its balance sheet, the Company’s one-year gap was a negative 21.18% at September 30, 2003, as compared to the negative 16.03% one-year gap recorded at December 31, 2002. The integration of Roslyn’s positively gapped balance sheet into the Company’s on the 31st of October transitioned the one-year gap to a negative 0.63% at December 31, 2003.

 

22


The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2003, which, based on certain assumptions stemming from the Bank’s historical experience, are expected to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amounts of assets and liabilities shown as repricing or maturing during a particular time period were determined in accordance with the earlier of (1) the term to repricing, or (2) the contractual terms of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003 on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals. For mortgage and other loans (both adjustable- and fixed-rate), prepayment rates were assumed to range up to 55% annually. Mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities were assumed to prepay at rates between 10% and 50% per year. Savings accounts were assumed to decay at a rate of 5% for the first five years and 15% for the years thereafter. NOW and money market accounts were assumed to decay at an annual rate of 20% and 50%, respectively.

 

Prepayment and deposit decay rates can have a significant impact on the Company’s estimated gap. While the Company believes its assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment and decay rates will approximate actual future loan prepayments and deposit withdrawal activity.

 

23


INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

     At December 31, 2003

(dollars in thousands)   

Three

Months

or Less


   

More Than
Three Months
to Twelve

Months


   

More Than

One Year to

Three Years


   

More Than

Three Years

to Five
Years


   

More than

Five Years

to 10 Years


   

More

than

10 Years


    Total

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

                                                    

Mortgage and other loans (1)

   $ 1,744,556     $3,107,875     $ 3,675,651     $ 1,669,675     $ 232,595     $ 35,681     $ 10,466,033

Securities (2)

     69,604     275,582       66,783       2,217       678,527       1,038,197       2,130,910

Mortgage-backed and

-related securities (2) (3)

     925,489     1,903,635       2,756,036       1,115,746       734,902       104,129       7,539,937

Money market investments

     1,000     167       —         —         —         —         1,167
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

Total interest-earning assets

     2,740,649     5,287,259       6,498,470       2,787,638       1,646,024       1,178,007       20,138,047
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

                                                    

Savings accounts

     36,837     110,511       279,958       251,963       1,700,752       567,023       2,947,044

NOW and Super NOW accounts

     42,581     127,744       272,520       163,511       245,269       —         851,625

Money market accounts

     181,074     543,223       724,299       —         —         —         1,448,596

Certificates of deposit

     1,281,820     1,836,310       757,352       365,793       120,247       116       4,361,638

Borrowings

     3,103,046     912,401       1,701,317       1,299,239       2,297,034       617,976       9,931,013
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     4,645,358     3,530,189       3,735,446       2,080,506       4,363,302       1,185,115       19,539,916
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

Interest sensitivity gap per period (4)

   $ (1,904,709 )   $1,757,070     $ 2,763,024     $ 707,132     $ (2,717,278 )   $ (7,108 )   $ 598,131
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   $ (1,904,709 )   $(147,639)     $ 2,615,385     $ 3,322,517       $605,239       $598,131        
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap as a percentage of total assets

     (8.13 )%   (0.63 )%     11.16 %     14.17 %     2.58 %     2.55 %      

Cumulative net interest-earning assets as a percentage of net interest-bearing liabilities

     59.00     98.19       121.96       123.75       103.30       103.06        
    


 

 


 


 


 


 

 

(1) For purposes of the gap analysis, non-performing loans and the allowance for loan losses have been excluded.

 

(2) Securities and mortgage-backed and –related securities are shown at their respective carrying values.

 

(3) Based on historical repayment experience.

 

(4) The interest sensitivity gap per period represents the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

24


Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the preceding Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of the market, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Furthermore, in the event of changes in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. Finally, the ability of some borrowers to service their adjustable-rate loans may be adversely impacted by an increase in market interest rates.

 

Net Portfolio Value

 

Management also monitors the Company’s interest rate sensitivity through the use of a model that generates estimates of the change in the Company’s net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of interest rate scenarios. NPV is defined as the net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The model assumes estimated loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates, and deposit decay rates similar to those utilized in formulating the preceding Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis. The following table sets forth the Company’s NPV as of December 31, 2003:

 

NET PORTFOLIO VALUE ANALYSIS (1)

 

(dollars in thousands)                          

Change in

Interest Rates

(in basis points)


  

Market Value

of Assets


  

Market Value

of Liabilities


  

Net Portfolio

Value


  

Net

Change


   

Portfolio Value

Market Projected %

Change to Base


-100    $ 24,061,049    $ 20,959,900    $ 3,101,149    $ (221,866 )   (6.68)%
     23,679,503      20,356,488      3,323,015      —       —  
+100      22,941,347      19,795,465      3,145,882      (177,133 )   (5.33)    
+200      22,118,664      19,276,072      2,842,592      (480,423 )   (14.46)       

 

(1) The impact of a 200-basis point reduction in market interest rates cannot be determined as certain asset yields, liability costs, and related indices were below 2.00% at December 31, 2003.

 

As with the Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the preceding interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV requires that certain assumptions be made which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NPV Analysis presented above assumes that the composition of the Company’s interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured, and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve, regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Also, the model does not take into account the Company’s strategic actions. Accordingly, while the NPV Analysis provides an indication of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the Company’s net interest income, and may very well differ from actual results.

 

Liquidity, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Commitments, and Capital Position

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is managed to ensure that cash flows are sufficient to support the Bank’s operations and to compensate for any temporary mismatches with regard to sources and uses of funds caused by erratic loan and deposit demand.

 

The Bank’s primary sources of funds have been the deposits it gathers through its expanding branch network, and borrowings in the form of FHLB-NY advances, repurchase agreements, and trust preferred securities. In 2003, as in 2002, significant funding stemmed from a robust level of loan and securities prepayments, as would be expected during a time of historically low market interest rates. To a lesser degree, funding stemmed from scheduled principal and interest payments and from the sale of securities and loans.

 

25


While borrowings and the scheduled amortization of securities and loans are more predictable funding sources, deposit flows and loan and securities prepayments are less predictable in nature, as they are subject to external factors beyond management’s control. Among these are changes in the economy and local real estate values, competition from other financial institutions, and market interest rates.

 

The principal investing activities of the Bank are the origination of mortgage loans (primarily secured by multi-family buildings) and, to a lesser extent, the purchase of mortgage-backed and -related securities and other investment securities. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, the net cash used in investing activities totaled $10.2 billion, largely reflecting the purchase of securities and mortgage-backed securities available for sale totaling $10.3 billion; the purchase of securities and mortgage-backed securities held to maturity totaling $3.1 billion, and the origination of mortgage loans totaling $4.3 billion. These items were offset by the sale and redemption of securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $8.2 billion and loan repayments totaling $2.6 billion.

 

The Bank’s investing activities were largely funded by internal cash flows generated by its financing activities. In 2003, the net cash provided by financing activities totaled $11.7 billion, primarily reflecting a $5.1 billion net increase in deposits and a $5.3 billion net increase in borrowings. Reflecting the Roslyn merger, and the goodwill and CDI recognized in connection with that transaction, the net cash used in operating activities totaled $1.4 billion in 2003.

 

The Bank monitors its liquidity on a daily basis to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet its financial obligations, including withdrawals from depository accounts, outstanding loan commitments, contractual long-term debt payments, and operating leases. The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and due from banks and money market investments, which collectively totaled $287.1 million at December 31, 2003, as compared to $97.6 million at the year-earlier date.

 

Significant liquidity also stems from the Bank’s available-for-sale portfolios of securities and mortgage-backed and –related securities, which totaled $775.7 million and $5.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003. Additional liquidity is available through the Bank’s approved line of credit with the FHLB-NY, which totaled $9.4 billion at year-end, and from various repurchase agreements with the FHLB-NY and several major Wall Street brokerage firms.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Bank had a $375.0 million investment in BOLI, which was subsequently increased, on February 27, 2004, to $475.0 million, and for which the Bank receives preferential tax treatment. Distributions are made to the Bank only upon the death of an insured individual in accordance with the underlying policy. Accordingly, the BOLI held by the Bank does not generate regular cash flows for reinvestment.

 

CDs due to mature in one year or less from December 31, 2003 totaled $3.1 billion; based upon recent retention rates as well as current pricing, management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will either roll over or be reinvested in alternative investment products sold through the Bank’s branch offices. The Company’s ability to retain its deposit base and to attract new deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction; the convenience provided by the number of branches in the network and the extensive hours of operation; the types and range of products offered; and the competitiveness of its interest rates. Any potential declines in deposit balances would be addressed by utilizing alternative funding sources, including borrowings.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Commitments

 

As the following table indicates, the Bank’s and the Company’s off-balance sheet commitments were limited to outstanding loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2003:

 

(in thousands)


    

Mortgage and other loans

   $ 1,226,919

Financial and performance standby letters of credit

     23,799
    

Total commitments

   $ 1,250,718
    

 

26


The following table summarizes the maturity profile of the Company’s consolidated contractual long-term debt payments and operating leases at December 31, 2003:

 

(in thousands)


   Long-term Debt  (1)

   Operating Leases

Under one year

   $   200,000    $  12,156

One to three years

   2,208,799    23,324

Three to five years

   1,256,444    19,235

More than 5 years

   3,113,292    52,096
    
  

Total

   $6,778,535    $106,811
    
  

 

(1) Includes FHLB-NY advances, repurchase agreements, trust preferred securities, and unsecured senior debt.

 

Based upon the strength of the Bank’s liquidity position, management anticipates that the Bank and the Company will have sufficient funding to fulfill these commitments when they are due.

 

In 2003, the primary sources of funds for the Parent (i.e., the Company on an unconsolidated basis) included dividend payments from the Bank and sales and maturities of investment securities. In January 2004, the Company also generated funds through a follow-on offering of 13.5 million shares of its common stock. Of the $399.5 million in net proceeds generated, $300.0 million were contributed to the Bank for deployment into interest-earning assets and for other general corporate purposes. The remainder of the proceeds were retained by the Company for various corporate purposes, including the payment of dividends and share repurchases.

 

The Bank’s ability to pay dividends and other capital distributions to the Parent is generally limited by New York State banking law and regulations, and by regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). In addition, the New York State Superintendent of Banks (the “Superintendent”) and the FDIC may prohibit, for reasons of safety and soundness, the payment of dividends that are otherwise permissible by regulation.

 

Under New York State banking law, a New York State-chartered stock savings bank may declare and pay dividends out of its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital. However, the approval of the Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of the bank’s net profits for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years (subject to certain adjustments). As of December 31, 2003, the Bank had $565.8 million of dividends or capital distributions it could pay to the Parent without regulatory approval, and the Parent had $57.6 million of securities available for sale and $38.1 million in cash deposits. Were the Bank to apply to the Superintendent for a dividend or capital distribution in excess of the dividend amounts permitted under the regulations, no assurances could be made that said application would be approved by the regulatory authorities.

 

Capital Position

 

The Company manages its capital to enhance shareholder value, and to enable management to act opportunistically in a changing marketplace. In 2003, each of these goals was demonstrably accomplished, as reflected in the 81% total return provided to investors, and in the 116.7% rise in stockholders’ equity over the course of the year.

 

In 2003, shares of the Company increased 75.6% in value, while the quarterly cash dividend rose 66.7%. The dividend was raised in each of the year’s four quarters, and provided a yield of 2.6% at December 31, 2003. Dividend distributions totaled $131.1 million in 2003, up $52.7 million from the year-earlier total, which was $34.4 million higher than the 2001 amount. In the first quarter of 2004, the dividend was raised another 12% by the Board; as of this filing, the current quarterly dividend is 75 times higher than the first Company dividend, paid on September 30, 1994.

 

In addition to the $131.1 million distributed in the form of cash dividend payments, the Company allocated $237.9 million of its capital toward the repurchase of 11,281,374 shares in 2003. Shares were repurchased in connection with two Board authorizations, the first of these occurring on November 13, 2002, and the second of these occurring, in connection with the signing of the definitive agreement to merge with Roslyn, on June 26, 2003. Of the 5.2 million shares authorized for repurchase in connection with the Roslyn merger, 964,541 shares were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2003. With approximately 410,000 shares still available for repurchase under the June 2003 authorization, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to five million more shares of the Company’s common stock on February 26, 2004. The Company repurchases shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions and holds such shares in the Company’s Treasury account. Repurchased shares are utilized for various corporate purposes such as stock splits, option exercises, and merger transactions.

 

27


The Company has split its stock nine times since its conversion to stock form, including 4-for-3 stock splits in the form of a 33-1/3% stock dividend on May 21, 2003 and February 17, 2004. In addition to the 48,088,511 shares issued pursuant to the May 21, 2003 stock split, the number of shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 reflects the 75,824,353 shares of Company stock that were issued in the Roslyn merger, less the 2,757,533 shares of Company stock that had been acquired by Roslyn prior to the merger and were subsequently retired. The cost basis for the retired shares was $63.3 million. At December 31, 2003, the Company had 256,649,073 shares outstanding, as compared to 187,847,937 at December 31, 2002.

 

The Company recorded stockholders’ equity of $2.9 billion at December 31, 2003, up $1.5 billion from the level recorded at December 31, 2002. The 2003 amount was equivalent to 12.24% of total assets and a book value of $11.40 per share, based on 251,580,425 shares; the 2002 amount was equivalent to 11.70% of total assets and a book value of $7.29 per share, based on 181,437,944 shares.

 

The Company calculates book value by subtracting the number of unallocated ESOP shares at the end of the period from the number of shares outstanding at the same date. At December 31, 2003, the number of unallocated ESOP shares was 5,068,648; at December 31, 2002, the number of unallocated ESOP shares was 6,409,993. The Company calculates book value in this manner to be consistent with its calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share, both of which exclude unallocated ESOP shares from the number of shares outstanding in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.”

 

The increase in stockholders’ equity was supported by a combination of factors. In addition to the goodwill and CDI stemming from the Roslyn merger, the increase reflects a year-over-year increase of $94.1 million in net income to $323.4 million and a $25.3 million increase in additional contributions to stockholders’ equity, as detailed in the earlier discussion of “Cash Earnings,” to $55.8 million. These factors served to offset the allocation of funds for the repurchase of shares, as previously mentioned, and the distribution of quarterly cash dividends, also detailed above.

 

Despite the increase in goodwill and CDI stemming from the Roslyn merger, the Company also realized an increase in its tangible stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2003, tangible stockholders’ equity totaled $851.3 million, as compared to $647.5 million at December 31, 2002. The 2003 amount was equivalent to 3.97% of tangible assets and a tangible book value of $3.38 per share. Reflecting management’s ability to capitalize on current market conditions, the Company issued 13.5 million shares of common stock on January 30, 2004. The follow-on offering generated net proceeds of $399.5 million, which would have boosted the Company’s year-end tangible stockholders’ equity to $1.3 billion, equivalent to 5.73% of tangible assets and a tangible book value of $4.72 per share, had the offering occurred prior to December 31, 2003.

 

The level of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2003 was more than sufficient to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company. The following table sets forth the Company’s consolidated leverage, Tier 1 risk-based, and total risk-based capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the respective minimum requirements, which are considered on a consolidated basis:

 

At December 31, 2003


   Actual

    Minimum
Requirement


(dollars in thousands)    Amount

   Ratio

    Ratio

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,680,214    15.46 %   10.00%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     1,472,874    13.55    

6.00 

Leverage capital

     1,472,874    7.72    

5.00 

At December 31, 2002


   Actual

    Minimum
Requirement


(dollars in thousands)    Amount

   Ratio

    Ratio

Total risk-based capital

     $749,044    14.71 %   10.00%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     707,834    13.90    

6.00 

Leverage capital

     707,834    7.03    

5.00 

 

Had the Company’s follow-on offering taken place prior to December 31, 2003, its consolidated total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and leverage capital ratios would have equaled 18.79%, 16.92%, and 9.61%, respectively, at that date.

 

28


The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the minimum levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC. At December 31, 2003, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio equaled 7.95% of average adjusted assets, well above the 5.00% required for “well capitalized” classification. Similarly, its Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios equaled 13.95% and 14.68%, respectively, of risk-weighted assets, as compared to the FDIC’s minimum requirements for “well capitalized” classification of 6.00% and 10.00%.

 

In 2003, the Company’s regulatory capital levels were strengthened by certain actions taken by the Company and by Roslyn before the merger occurred. In April 2003, the Company announced that it had solicited and received the consent of the holders of its BONUSES Units to an amendment that enabled the units to be treated as Tier 1 regulatory capital by the Federal Reserve. Among other things, the amendment revised the definition of “change in control” in the Declaration of Trust governing the trust preferred securities component of the BONUSES Units, by adding a requirement that the Federal Reserve approve in advance any repurchase of the preferred securities that could occur as a result of a change of control. The BONUSES Units were issued by the Company on November 4, 2002 and consist of a convertible trust preferred security and a warrant to purchase the Company’s common stock.

 

On April 7, 2003, the Company sold $60.0 million of preferred securities of Richmond County Capital Corporation (“RCCC”) in a private placement transaction through CFS Investments New Jersey, Inc., a second-tier subsidiary of the Company. The preferred securities consisted of $10.0 million, or 100 shares, of RCCC Series B Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Preferred Stock, stated value $100,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and $50.0 million, or 500 shares, of RCCC Series C Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Floating-Rate Preferred Stock, stated value $100,000 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”). Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 8.25% of its stated value; dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate, to be reset quarterly, that is equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% of its stated value. The Company may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock on or after July 15, 2024 and 2008, respectively.

 

Four days prior to the merger on October 31st, Roslyn sold $102.0 million of preferred securities of Roslyn Real Estate Asset Corp. (“RREA”), a second-tier subsidiary of Roslyn, in a private placement transaction. The preferred securities consisted of $12.5 million, or 125 shares, of RREA Series C Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $100,000 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) and $89.5 million, or 895 shares, of RREA Series D Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Floating-Rate Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $100,000 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”). Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 8.95% of its stated value; dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock are payable quarterly an annual rate, to be reset quarterly, that is equal to LIBOR plus 3.65% of its stated value. The Company may redeem the Series C Preferred stock and the Series D Preferred stock on or after September 30, 2023 and 2008, respectively.

 

The proceeds from these offerings were used for general corporate purposes, including loan production, share repurchases, and the payment of dividends.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2003 AND 2002 COMPARISON

 

Earnings Summary

 

In 2003, the Company’s record of earnings growth was emphatically extended, as its net income rose 41.1% to $323.4 million from $229.2 million in 2002. The 2003 amount was equivalent to a 2.26% return on average assets (“ROA”) and a 20.74% return on average stockholders’ equity (“ROE”), exceeding the industry averages of 0.81% and 8.57%.

 

On a diluted per-share basis, the Company’s earnings rose 31.7% to $1.65 in 2003 from $1.25 in 2002. The 2003 amount was well above the $1.49 to $1.50 range projected by management at the year’s onset, and the investment community’s consensus estimate of $1.59 per diluted share in the weeks before the Company’s 2003 earnings were announced.

 

29


Reflected in the Company’s 2003 earnings was an after-tax gain of $22.7 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, stemming from the sale of the eight traditional branches constituting the Bank’s South Jersey Bank Division, on December 19th. The gain was offset by an after-tax charge of $19.0 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, in connection with the merger-related allocation of ESOP shares. The net effect was a gain of $3.7 million, equivalent to $0.02 per diluted share.

 

The Company’s 2003 earnings growth was driven by several significant factors, including its merger with Roslyn on October 31st. In addition to the two-month benefit of this accretive transaction, the Company’s earnings growth was driven by the record volume of loan originations and the leveraged growth of its mortgage-backed and –related securities portfolio in the first ten months of the year.

 

These factors are also reflected in the Company’s average balance of interest-earning assets, which rose $4.2 billion, or 48.1%, to $12.8 billion, effectively offsetting a 108-basis point reduction in the average yield to 5.84%. While average interest-bearing liabilities rose $4.0 billion, or 49.2%, during 2003 to $12.1 billion, the cost of funds declined 78 basis points to 2.02%. The lower cost was supported by an increase in core deposits, in tandem with a year-over-year reduction in market interest rates. While borrowings rose in connection with the leveraged growth strategy discussed under “Funding Sources,” the higher cost of such funds was partly offset by the aforementioned decline in high cost CDs. The latter reduction was largely reversed in the fourth quarter, as a result of the merger with Roslyn, which had a large concentration of CDs.

 

Net interest income rose $131.7 million, or 35.3%, year-over-year to $505.0 million, as the Company’s interest income rose $149.7 million to $749.2 million, exceeding a $17.9 million increase in interest expense to $244.2 million. The increase in net interest income was achieved despite reductions of 30 and 37 basis points in the Company’s interest rate spread and net interest margin, to 3.82% and 3.94%, respectively. In addition to the historically low level of market interest rates, the reductions reflect the fourth-quarter combination with Roslyn, whose average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities generated narrower spreads and margins than the Company’s.

 

While net interest income was the primary source of the Company’s 2003 earnings, other operating income also contributed a meaningful amount. Other operating income rose $62.2 million, or 61.1%, year-over-year to $164.0 million, primarily fueled by the $37.6 million gain on the sale of the South Jersey Bank Division on December 19th. The year-over-year increase also stemmed from a $15.2 million, or 32.1%, rise in fee income to $62.7 million and an $11.3 million, or 66.2%, rise in net securities gains to $28.2 million. These components combined to offset a $1.9 million reduction in other income to $35.5 million, largely reflecting a year-over-year decline in gains on the sale of loans.

 

The significant level of revenue growth was more than sufficient to offset a $37.2 million, or 26.8%, rise in non-interest expense to $176.3 million in 2003. Operating expenses accounted for $169.4 million of the latter total, as compared to $133.1 million in 2002. In addition to the aforementioned merger-related ESOP charge of $20.4 million, the increase reflects the costs of staffing, operating, and marketing a $23.4 billion institution with 139 locations, including the 39 acquired in the Roslyn merger on October 31st. Reflecting the merger-related charge, which was largely offset by the aforementioned net gain on the sale of branches, the Company’s efficiency ratio rose to 26.83% in 2003 from 25.32% in 2002. Absent the merger-related charge, the Company’s core efficiency ratio, as previously defined, was 23.59%.

 

The remaining $6.9 million and $6.0 million of 2003 and 2002 non-interest expense consisted of CDI amortization stemming from the Company’s mergers with Roslyn and Richmond County. The Richmond County merger accounted for the entire 2002 total and $6.0 million of the 2003 total; the Roslyn merger accounted for the remaining $907,000 of the 2003 amount.

 

Reflecting a $156.7 million rise in pre-tax income to $492.7 million, the Company recorded 2003 income tax expense of $169.3 million, up $62.5 million from the level recorded in 2002. At the same time, the Company’s effective tax rate rose to 34.4% from 31.8%, partly reflecting the tax effect of the branch sale and the non-deductability of the aforementioned merger-related ESOP charge.

 

Interest Income

 

The level of interest income is influenced by the average balance and mix of the Company’s interest-earning assets, the yields on said assets, and the current level of market interest rates. These rates are significantly influenced by

 

30


the Federal Open Market Committee (the “FOMC”) of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, which reduces, maintains, or increases the federal funds rate (i.e., the rate at which banks borrow funds from one another), as it deems necessary. In June 2003, the federal funds rate was lowered 25 basis points to 1.00%, where it remains as of this filing, the lowest federal funds rate in a period of 45 years. In 2002, the federal funds rate was maintained at 1.75% until November, when it was reduced to 1.25%.

 

The Company recorded interest income of $749.2 million in 2003, signifying a 25.0% increase from $599.5 million in 2002. The $149.7 million increase was driven by a $4.2 billion, or 48.1%, rise in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $12.8 billion, which was tempered by a 108-basis point reduction in the average yield to 5.84%. In addition to the two-month benefit of the Roslyn merger, the higher average balance reflects the record volume of loan production, and the leveraged growth of the Company’s mortgage-backed and –related securities during the first ten months of the year. The lower yield is attributable to the addition of Roslyn’s interest-earning assets, and to the long-term effect of reinvesting cash flows in a declining interest rate environment during the first six months of 2003.

 

In the first ten months of 2003, the Company continued its profitable strategy of leveraged growth. Continuing to capitalize on the steepest yield curve in more than a decade, the Company utilized repurchase agreements and FHLB advances to grow its portfolios of loans and mortgage-backed and -related securities. As long-term rates began, and continued, to rise in the third and fourth quarters, the cash flows produced by securities sales and loan and securities repayments were reinvested into higher yielding loans and securities.

 

The average balance and yield were further impacted by the Roslyn merger and the addition of its $10.4 billion balance sheet. With $3.3 billion of cash flows produced through securities sales and repayments in the fourth quarter, the Company originated $2.0 billion of loans, exceeding all prior fourth-quarter records, while, at the same time, investing $1.3 billion in mortgage-backed, mortgage-related, and other securities at substantially higher yields. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, the cash flows produced through securities sales and repayments totaled $8.2 billion; during this time, the Company originated loans totaling $4.3 billion and invested $10.3 billion in available-for-sale mortgage-backed and -related securities at higher yields.

 

Mortgage and other loans generated interest income of $456.7 million in 2003, up $53.3 million, or 13.2%, from the level recorded in 2002. The increase was fueled by a $1.0 billion, or 19.1%, rise in the average balance to $6.4 billion, which was tempered by a 37-basis point drop in the average yield to 7.12%. The average balance was boosted by the addition of Roslyn’s loans in the fourth quarter and by the record volume of loans produced by the Company over the course of the year. The reduction in the average yield reflects the lower market interest rates that prevailed in the first two quarters, and was partly mitigated by the favorable rate structure of the Company’s multi-family loans. Mortgage and other loans accounted for 50.0% of average interest-earning assets in 2003, and produced 61.0% of the year’s total interest income, as compared to 62.2% and 67.3%, respectively, in the year-earlier twelve months. It is currently expected that mortgage and other loans will be restored to their previous prominence within the mix of average interest-earning assets as the Company invests more of the cash flows produced by securities sales and repayments into loan production in 2004.

 

Mortgage-backed and -related securities generated interest income of $197.9 million in 2003, representing 26.4% of the total, up from $151.7 million, representing 25.3%, in 2002. The 30.5% increase was attributable to a $1.9 billion, or 75.1%, rise in the average balance to $4.5 billion, which was tempered by a 149-basis point decline in the average yield to 4.36%. In addition to the mortgage-backed and –related securities acquired in the Roslyn merger, the growth in the average balance reflects the leveraged growth of the portfolio during the first ten months of the year. The lower yield was attributable to the securities acquired in the Roslyn merger, and to the comparatively low level of market interest rates throughout 2003. Reflecting a shift in the asset mix, mortgage-backed and -related securities represented 35.4% of average interest-earning assets in the current twelve-month period, as compared to 30.0% in 2002.

 

Securities generated interest income of $93.5 million in 2003, representing 12.5% of the total, up $50.1 million from the year-earlier amount, which represented 7.2%. The increase in interest income from securities was fueled by a $1.1 billion, or 175.5%, rise in the average balance to $1.8 billion, and tempered by a 149-basis point decline in the average yield to 5.31%. The higher average balance reflects the securities acquired in the Roslyn merger and the leveraged growth of the securities portfolio during the first ten months of the year. The lower yield was largely due to the addition of Roslyn’s securities and the comparatively low level of market interest rates. Reflecting the shift in the asset mix, securities represented 13.7% and 7.4% of average interest-earning assets in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

31


Consistent with the Company’s deployment of funds into multi-family loans and other high yielding assets, the average balance of money market investments grew a modest $64.1 million to $102.9 million in 2003. The interest income produced by money market accounts rose a modest $140,000 year-over-year to $1.2 million, as the higher average balance was largely offset by a 150-basis point decline in the average yield to 1.13%.

 

Interest Expense

 

The Company’s interest expense is driven by the average balance and composition of its interest-bearing liabilities, and by the respective costs of the funding sources found within this mix. These factors are influenced, in turn, by the level of market interest rates, competition for deposits, and the availability of alternative funding sources, including FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, and trust preferred securities.

 

In 2003, the Company recorded total interest expense of $244.2 million, up 7.9% from $226.3 million in 2002. The $17.9 million increase was fueled by a $4.0 billion, or 49.2%, rise in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities to $12.1 billion, which was offset by a 78-basis point decline in the average cost of funds to 2.02%.

 

The higher average balance was boosted by a combination of factors, including the addition of Roslyn’s interest-bearing liabilities pursuant to the merger, and the increased use of borrowings in connection with the Company’s leveraged growth strategy. The cost of funds was primarily reduced by the addition of Roslyn’s lower cost interest-bearing liabilities and by the year-over-over reduction in short-term market interest rates.

 

The significant interest-earning asset growth reflected in interest income was largely funded by the significant growth in borrowed funds reflected in interest expense. In 2003, the interest expense from borrowings rose $49.6 million, or 38.0%, to $180.0 million. The increase was the net effect of a $3.2 billion, or 99.6%, rise in the average balance to $6.5 billion, and a 124-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 2.77%. Borrowings represented 53.9% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2003, as compared to 40.3% in the year-earlier period, and accounted for 73.7% of total interest expense, as compared to 57.6% in 2002. The higher average balance and interest expense largely reflect the borrowings acquired in the Roslyn merger, which totaled $3.9 billion at October 31, 2003.

 

While borrowings figured more significantly in the average mix of funding sources, so too did core deposits, albeit to a lesser extent. In 2003, core deposits represented 63.1% of average deposits, as compared to 61.8% in 2002. The growing concentration of core deposits was paralleled by a year-over-year reduction in the concentration of CDs to 36.9% of average deposits from 38.2%. The shift toward lower cost core deposit accounts would have been more apparent had it not been for the addition of Roslyn’s deposits, which included a larger percentage of CDs.

 

CDs generated 2003 interest expense of $38.6 million, as compared to $58.4 million in 2002. While the average balance of CDs rose $219.7 million year-over-year to $2.2 billion, largely reflecting the $3.2 billion of CDs acquired in the Roslyn merger, the increase was offset by a 117-basis point reduction in the average cost of such funds to 1.72%. The latter decline was primarily due to the reduction in market interest rates from the year-earlier levels and to the Company’s risk-averse deposit pricing policy. The Company maintains a policy of discouraging “hot money” deposits that has proved to be an effective means of controlling funding costs over the years.

 

Interest-bearing core deposits, including mortgagors’ escrow accounts, generated $25.6 million of interest expense in the current twelve-month period, as compared to $37.4 million in 2002. While the average balance of such deposits rose $511.3 million, or 18.2%, to $3.3 billion, the higher balance was tempered by a 56-basis point drop in the average cost of such funds to 0.77%. Once again, the higher average balance reflects the impact of the Roslyn merger, which contributed core deposits of $2.7 billion on October 31, 2003.

 

Core deposits generated interest expense of $25.6 million, the net effect of a $571.9 million rise in the average balance to $3.8 billion and a 49-basis point decline in the cost of such funds to 0.67%. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented $522.3 million, or 13.8%, of average core deposits and were up $59.2 million, or 12.8%, from the average balance recorded in 2003. The Roslyn merger figured significantly in the growth of core deposits, contributing $1.1 billion of NOW and money market accounts, $1.3 billion of savings accounts, and $245.9 million of non-interest-bearing accounts on October 31, 2003.

 

32


NOW and money market accounts generated 2003 interest expense of $12.4 million, down $3.5 million, or 22.0%, from the year-earlier amount. While the average balance of NOW and money market accounts rose $271.0 million, or 24.6%, to $1.4 billion, the increase was offset by a 54-basis point drop in the average cost of such funds to 0.90%. The interest expense produced by savings accounts meanwhile declined $8.3 million, or 38.7%, to $13.2 million, the net effect of a $241.7 million, or 14.6%, rise in the average balance to $1.9 billion and a 61-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 0.69%.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is the Company’s primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on said assets and the cost of said liabilities. These factors are influenced, in turn, by the volume, pricing, and mix of the Company’s interest-earning assets; the volume, pricing, and mix of its funding sources; and such external factors as competition, economic conditions, and the monetary policy of the FOMC.

 

In 2003, the Company recorded net interest income of $505.0 million, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $131.7 million, or 35.3%. The increase was driven by four significant factors: the leveraged growth of the Company’s interest-earning assets from January through October; the record volume of loans produced over the course of the year; the replenishment of the asset mix with higher yielding assets, as long-term rates began and continued to rise in the third and fourth quarters; and the impact of the spread between the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities acquired in the Roslyn merger on October 31st.

 

At the same time, the Company realized a significant shift in its mix of deposits, with the balance of core deposits rising as the balance of higher cost CDs was reduced. While borrowings rose significantly, reflecting the leveraged growth program, they did so during a period when interest rates declined. Although the Company’s use of borrowings contributed to a reduction in its 2003 spread and margin, the profitable use of such funds is reflected in the net interest income growth achieved.

 

At 3.82%, the Company’s spread was 30 basis points narrower than the comparable 2002 measure; at 3.94%, its margin was 37 basis points narrower than it was in the prior year. While the Company’s leveraged growth strategy factored into the reductions, the contraction was primarily due to the combination with Roslyn, which generally reported narrower spreads and margins than the stand-alone Company.

 

While the Company had expected a higher degree of spread and margin contraction to follow the Roslyn merger, its impact was somewhat offset by the post-merger increase in cash flows and their timely deployment into higher yielding loans and securities. As long-term rates continued to rise, so too did the volume of cash flows generated by loan and securities sales and prepayments, facilitating the replenishment of the asset mix at substantially higher yields. The latter factor also served to offset the impact of the Company’s share repurchase program. During the year, the Company repurchased 11,281,374 shares for a total of $237.9 million.

 

Despite the year-over-year decline in the respective measures, the Company’s spread was 85 basis points above the 2003 industry average reported to date by SNL Financial; similarly, its margin was 73 basis points above the reported industry average in 2003.

 

33


NET INTEREST INCOME ANALYSIS

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s average balance sheet for the years indicated, including the average yields on its interest-earning assets, and the average costs of its interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the year are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees that are considered adjustments to such average yields and costs.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

 
(dollars in thousands)  

Average

Balance


  Interest

 

Average

Yield/

Cost


   

Average

Balance


  Interest

 

Average

Yield/

Cost


   

Average

Balance


  Interest

 

Average

Yield/

Cost


 

ASSETS

                                                     

Interest-earning Assets:

                                                     

Mortgage and other loans, net (1)

  $ 6,415,744   $ 456,672   7.12 %   $ 5,386,479   $ 403,407   7.49 %   $ 4,227,982   $ 325,924   7.71 %

Securities (2)

    1,759,172     93,457   5.31       638,424     43,407   6.80       373,229     30,114   8.07  

Mortgage-backed and –related securities (2)

    4,542,272     197,868   4.36       2,593,767     151,670   5.85       977,706     61,319   6.27  

Money market investments

    102,920     1,163   1.13       38,838     1,023   2.63       153,219     5,947   3.88  
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

Total interest-earning assets

    12,820,108     749,160   5.84       8,657,508     599,507   6.92       5,732,136     423,304   7.38  

Non-interest-earning assets

    1,482,200                 1,358,579                 664,749            
   

             

             

           

Total assets

  $ 14,302,308               $ 10,016,087               $ 6,396,885            
   

             

             

           

LIABILITIES AND

                                                     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                     

Interest-bearing Liabilities:

                                                     

NOW and money market accounts

  $ 1,372,702   $ 12,385   0.90 %   $ 1,101,701   $ 15,884   1.44 %   $ 803,456   $ 15,171   1.89 %

Savings accounts

    1,902,057     13,200   0.69       1,660,327     21,534   1.30       955,343     18,473   1.93  

Certificates of deposit

    2,242,433     38,610   1.72       2,022,691     58,425   2.89       2,093,602     108,097   5.16  

Mortgagors’ escrow

    44,001     36   0.08       45,449     14   0.03       29,449     62   0.21  
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

Total interest-bearing deposits

    5,561,193     64,231   1.15       4,830,168     95,857   1.98       3,881,850     141,803   3.65  

Borrowings

    6,498,781     179,954   2.77       3,255,407     130,394   4.01       1,558,732     75,685   4.86  
   

 

       

 

       

 

     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    12,059,974     244,185   2.02       8,085,575     226,251   2.80       5,440,582     217,488   4.00  

Non-interest-bearing deposits

    522,268                 463,059                 298,795            

Other liabilities

    161,210                 318,222                 82,218            
   

             

             

           

Total liabilities

    12,743,452                 8,866,856                 5,821,595            

Stockholders’ equity

    1,558,856                 1,149,231                 575,290            
   

             

             

           

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 14,302,308               $ 10,016,087               $ 6,396,885            
   

             

             

           

Net interest income/interest rate spread

        $ 504,975   3.82 %         $ 373,256   4.12 %         $ 205,816   3.38 %
         

 

       

 

       

 

Net interest-earning assets/net interest margin

    $760,134         3.94 %     $571,933         4.31 %     $291,554         3.59 %
   

       

 

       

 

       

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

              1.06x                 1.07x                 1.05x  
               

             

             

 

(1) Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees), unearned premiums, and the allowance for loan losses and include loans held for sale and non-performing loans.

 

(2) Amounts include, at amortized cost, securities and mortgage-backed and –related securities available for sale and, in the case of securities, FHLB-NY stock.

 

34


RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

 

The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2003

Compared to Year Ended

December 31, 2002


   

Year Ended

December 31, 2002

Compared to Year Ended

December 31, 2001


   

Year Ended

December 31, 2001

Compared to Year Ended

December 31, 2000


    Increase/(Decrease)

    Increase/(Decrease)

    Increase/(Decrease)

    Due to

    Net

    Due to

    Net

    Due to

    Net

(in thousands)   Volume

  Rate

      Volume

    Rate

      Volume

  Rate

   

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

                                                                 

Mortgage and other loans, net

  $ 71,924   $ (18,659 )   $ 53,265     $ 86,771     $ (9,288 )   $ 77,483     $ 179,270   $ (4,972 )   $ 174,298

Securities

    57,170     (7,120 )     50,050       18,033       (4,740 )     13,293       11,965     175       12,140

Mortgage-backed and -related securities

    69,944     (23,746 )     46,198       94,540       (4,189 )     90,351       58,735     (1,211 )     57,524

Money market investments

    214     (74 )     140       (3,008 )     (1,916 )     (4,924 )     5,005     (495 )     4,510
   

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 

Total

    199,252     (49,599 )     149,653       196,336       (20,133 )     176,203       254,975     (6,503 )     248,472
   

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

                                                                 

NOW and money market accounts

    6,712     (10,211 )     (3,499 )     4,295       (3,582 )     713       12,125     (1,846 )     10,279

Savings accounts

    3,800     (12,134 )     (8,334 )     9,165       (6,104 )     3,061       12,737     (610 )     12,127

Certificates of deposit

    7,290     (27,105 )     (19,815 )     (2,049 )     (47,623 )     (49,672 )     69,426     (2,507 )     66,919

Borrowings

    71,808     (22,248 )     49,560       68,037       (13,328 )     54,709       36,011     (9,628 )     26,383

Mortgagors’ escrow

    —       22       22       5       (53 )     (48 )     12     17       29
   

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 

Total

    89,610     (71,676 )     17,934       79,453       (70,690 )     8,763       130,311     (14,574 )     115,737
   

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 

Net change in interest income

  $ 109,642   $ 22,077     $ 131,719     $ 116,883     $ 50,557     $ 167,440     $ 124,664   $ 8,071     $ 132,735
   

 


 


 


 


 


 

 


 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

In 2003, the provision for loan losses was once again suspended, consistent with management’s practice since the third quarter of 1995. The suspension of the loan loss provision reflects the quality of the Company’s assets, both current and historic, which was conveyed by two significant achievements in 2003: the consistency of the Company’s asset quality measures, despite the significant level of loan growth accomplished, and the continued absence of any net charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses over the course of the year.

 

As previously mentioned, the fourth quarter of 2003 was the Company’s 37th consecutive quarter without any net charge-offs; the last net charge-off was recorded in the third quarter of 1994. In addition, while the balance of non-performing assets rose to $34.4 million over the course of the year from $16.5 million, the ratio of non-performing assets to total assets was 0.15% at both December 31, 2003 and 2002. Non-performing loans accounted for $34.3 million and $16.3 million of the year-end 2003 and 2002 totals and were equivalent to 0.33% and 0.30% of loans, net, at the respective dates.

 

While the allowance for loan losses is typically increased by additions to the provision for loan losses, this was not the case in 2003. Rather, the allowance for loan losses was increased by the addition of Roslyn’s loan loss allowance, which totaled $37.8 million at the time of the merger on October 31st. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for loan losses thus totaled $78.3 million, equivalent to 228.01% of non-performing loans and 0.75% of loans, net.

 

For a detailed explanation of the factors considered by management in determining the allowance for loan losses, please see the discussions under “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Asset Quality.”

 

Other Operating Income

 

The Company derives other operating income from several sources, which are typically classified into three categories: fee income, which is generated by service charges on loans and traditional banking products; net gains on the sale of securities; and other income, which includes revenues derived from the sale of third party investment products and

 

35


through the Company’s 100% equity interest in Peter B. Cannell and Co., Inc. (“PBC”). Also included in other income is the income derived from the Company’s investment in BOLI and net gains on the sale of one-to-four family and other loans.

 

In 2003, the Company also generated other operating income through the sale of the eight traditional branches constituting its South Jersey Bank Division, which had been acquired through the Richmond County merger in July 2001. The Company recorded a $37.6 million gain on the sale, which consisted of deposits in the amount of $340.3 million, certain Bank properties, and other assets, including $15.1 million of commercial lines of credit. In addition to bolstering the Company’s other operating income, the sale enabled the Company to sharpen its focus on its core franchise of New York City, Long Island, and the surrounding suburban communities in New Jersey and New York. On an after-tax basis, the sale contributed $22.7 million to the Company’s 2003 earnings and $0.12 to its 2003 diluted earnings per share. In 2002, the Company sold seven in-store branches to another financial institution. The gain on said sale was included in other income and was deemed by management to be immaterial.

 

The Company recorded other operating income of $164.0 million in 2003, a 61.1% increase from the $101.8 million recorded in 2002. In addition to the aforementioned $37.6 million gain, the $62.2 million increase was fueled by a $15.2 million rise in fee income and an $11.3 million rise in net securities gains. These increases were slightly tempered by a $1.9 million reduction in other income, primarily reflecting a reduction in net gains on the sale of loans.

 

Fee income totaled $62.7 million in 2003, representing a 32.1% increase from the $47.4 million recorded in the prior year. While several factors contributed to the year-over-year increase, one was paramount: With interest rates at a 45-year low, the volume of mortgage refinancings increased, generating an increase in prepayment penalties. This increase was tempered by a decline in retail banking fees, as more customers migrated toward the Bank’s “no fee” products. The latter trend was somewhat countered by the addition of Roslyn’s deposits on October 31st.

 

The net gain on the sale of securities totaled $28.2 million in 2003, signifying a 66.2% increase from $17.0 million in 2002. The increase was consistent with the Company’s focus on repositioning its assets to create a more risk-averse balance sheet. Including $1.4 billion of securities sold in the fourth quarter, the Company sold $3.1 billion of available-for-sale securities in 2003.

 

Other income totaled $35.5 million in 2003, representing a 5.1% reduction from $37.4 million in 2002. The decline was triggered by two factors: a decline in revenues on the sale of third-party investment products from $10.6 million to $9.0 million; and a reduction in net gains on the sale of loans (including gains on the sale of loans originated on a conduit basis) from $6.6 million to $2.8 million. The higher net gains in 2002 were augmented by the sale of loans from portfolio totaling $251.8 million, which generated a gain of $3.8 million; no comparable sales took place in 2003. Included in the loans sold in 2002 were home equity and installment loans totaling $71.4 million and $180.4 million of one-to-four family loans. The combined decline was partly offset by a $5.6 million rise in BOLI-related revenues to $15.2 million and a $1.3 million rise in the revenues derived from PBC to $7.3 million.

 

Excluding the gain on the sale of its South Jersey Bank Division, the Company’s other operating income represented 20% of total core revenues (as defined in the Glossary) in 2003. As the Company continues to restructure its asset mix in the wake of the Roslyn merger, it is currently expected that securities sales will be a critical source of cash flows for investment in higher yielding loans and securities. Depending on market conditions, this could translate into higher net securities gains in 2004. Furthermore, the Company’s 2004 results will reflect the full-year benefit of the Roslyn merger, and the opportunity to cross-sell more products to an expanded customer base. Other operating income is therefore expected to remain a key component of the Company’s performance, complementing net interest income as a revenue source.

 

Non-interest Expense

 

The Company’s non-interest expense has two primary components: operating expenses, which consists of compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, general and administrative (“G&A”), and other expenses; and the amortization of the CDI stemming from the Company’s mergers with Roslyn and Richmond County.

 

36


The Company recorded non-interest expense of $176.3 million in 2003, signifying a 26.8% increase from the $139.1 million recorded in 2002. The amortization of CDI accounted for $6.9 million of the 2003 total and $6.0 million of the 2002 amount. The difference reflects the addition of the CDI stemming from the Roslyn merger, which totaled $54.4 million and is expected to amortize on a straight-line basis at a rate of $1.4 million per quarter over a period of ten years. The Company has been amortizing the CDI stemming from its merger with Richmond County at a rate of $1.5 million per quarter since that transaction was completed on July 31, 2001.

 

Operating expenses totaled $169.4 million in 2003, representing 1.18% of average assets, as compared to $133.1 million, representing 1.33% of average assets, in 2002. The 27.3% increase in operating expenses was primarily due to a $30.6 million rise in compensation and benefits expense to $102.7 million, including the aforementioned merger-related charge of $20.4 million stemming from the allocation of ESOP shares. On an after-tax basis, the merger-related charge was equivalent to $19.0 million, or $0.10 per diluted share. In addition to normal salary increases, the remainder of the year-over-year growth in compensation and benefits expense reflects the two-month impact of the Roslyn merger, and the addition of certain management-level positions during the year. At December 31, 2003, the number of full-time equivalent employees was 1,975, as compared to 1,465 at December 31, 2002.

 

Also included in compensation and benefits expense are the expenses associated with the amortization and appreciation of shares held in the Company’s ESOP (“plan-related expenses”), which are added back to stockholders’ equity at the end of the year. In 2003, such expenses (excluding the aforementioned merger-related charge) totaled $9.2 million, as compared to $5.9 million in 2002. The amount of plan-related expenses is directly related to the growth in the Company’s average stock price, which rose from $15.77 in 2002 to $22.10 in 2003.

 

While compensation and benefits accounted for most of the growth in 2003 operating expenses, the remaining three categories also rose year-over-year. Occupancy and equipment totaled $26.8 million in 2003, up $3.5 million, or 15.3%, from the year-earlier level, primarily due to the addition of Roslyn’s 39 traditional branches, which significantly offset the closing of two in-store branches in New Jersey on August 22, 2003. In addition, the higher level of occupancy and equipment expense reflects pre-merger upgrades to the Company’s branch network, and the enhancement of its information technology over the course of the year. The sale of the eight South Jersey Bank branches had a minimal impact on occupancy and equipment expense in 2003, as it occurred on the 19th of December. In 2004, the elimination of these branches will be offset by the addition of Roslyn’s, and by the opening of one new branch in the first quarter and another in the second quarter of the year.

 

In 2003, the Company also recorded a $1.7 million increase in G&A expense to $33.5 million, and a $463,000 increase in other expenses to $6.4 million. These increases were primarily merger-related, and indicative of the Company’s evolution into a $23.4 billion financial institution with 139 banking offices.

 

The year-over-year growth in operating expenses was sufficiently offset by the growth of net interest income and other operating income to produce an efficiency ratio of 26.83%. When the aforementioned merger-related charge and the gain on the sale of the South Jersey Bank Division are excluded from the calculation, the 2003 core efficiency ratio (as defined in the Glossary) amounts to 23.59%. Both measures compare favorably with the 2003 industry average, as reported to date by SNL Financial, of 65.96%. In 2002, the Company recorded an efficiency ratio of 25.32%.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

Income tax expense includes federal, New York State, and New York City income taxes. In addition, the Company’s income tax expense reflects certain expenses stemming from the amortization and appreciation of shares held in its ESOP.

 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $169.3 million in 2003, up $62.5 million from the level recorded in 2002. The increase reflects a $156.7 million, or 46.6%, rise in pre-tax income to $492.7 million and an increase in the effective tax rate to 34.4% from 31.8%. The year-over-year increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the non-deductibility of the aforementioned merger-related charge.

 

37


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2002 AND 2001 COMPARISON

 

Earnings Summary

 

The Company reported net income of $229.2 million in 2002, signifying a 119.4% increase from $104.5 million in 2001. The 2002 amount was equivalent to $1.25 per diluted share, up 66.7% from $0.75 in the year-earlier period, and provided an ROA of 2.29% and an ROE of 19.95%. The 2002 and 2001 per-share amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

The growth in the Company’s 2002 earnings primarily stemmed from the successful implementation of two key business strategies: the restructuring of its mix of interest-earning assets and the simultaneous leveraging of its balance sheet. In addition, the Company enjoyed the full-year benefit of the Richmond County merger, as compared to five months in 2001.

 

The restructuring of the asset mix had two primary components: a $1.1 billion reduction in one-to-four family loans to $265.7 million, and the replenishment of the asset mix with a record volume of multi-family loans and securities. Funded by wholesale borrowings, core deposit growth, and the cash flows produced by loan and security sales and repayments, the Company’s average interest-earning assets rose $2.9 billion, or 51.0%, to $8.7 billion, more than offsetting a 46-basis point decline in the average yield to 6.92%. While average interest-bearing liabilities rose $2.6 billion, or 48.6%, year-over-year, to $8.1 billion, the cost of funds fell 120 basis points to 2.80%. The lower cost of funds was supported by the decline in CDs and the rise in core deposits, in tandem with the year-over-year reduction in market interest rates.

 

The net effect was a $167.4 million, or 81.4%, increase in net interest income to $373.3 million, and the year-over-year expansion of the Company’s interest rate spread and net interest margin. At 4.12%, the Company’s spread expanded 74 basis points from the prior-year measure; at 4.31%, its margin expanded 72 basis points.

 

While net interest income was the primary source of 2002 earnings, other operating income also contributed a meaningful amount. Other operating income rose $11.2 million, or 12.4%, to $101.8 million, fueled by a $12.4 million, or 35.3%, rise in fee income to $47.4 million and by a $9.4 million, or 33.5%, rise in other income to $37.4 million. The combined increase more than offset a $10.6 million reduction in net securities gains to $17.0 million.

 

The Company’s 2002 earnings were further supported by the quality of its assets, as reflected in the performance of its loan portfolio at December 31 st and the absence of any net charge-offs over the course of the year. Non-performing loans declined $1.2 million year-over-year to $16.3 million, equivalent to 0.30% of loans, net, an improvement of three basis points. Based on its asset quality and management’s assessment of the allowance for loan losses, the Company suspended the provision for loan losses in all four quarters, consistent with its practice since the third quarter of 1995.

 

The significant level of revenue growth in 2002 was more than sufficient to offset a $17.9 million increase in non-interest expense to $139.1 million. Operating expenses accounted for $133.1 million of the 2002 total, as compared to $112.8 million in 2001. The increase reflects the costs of staffing, operating, and marketing a branch network with 110 locations, including four new banking offices that opened in 2002. To a lesser extent, the increase reflects the Company’s aforementioned 100% equity interest in PBC. The degree to which the Company’s revenue growth exceeded the growth in expenses was reflected in its efficiency ratio. At 25.32%, the 2002 efficiency ratio was 1,272 basis points lower than the efficiency ratio recorded in 2001.

 

The remaining $6.0 million of 2002 non-interest expense reflects the amortization of the CDI stemming from the Richmond County merger; the remaining $8.4 million in 2001 reflected the amortization of the goodwill stemming from the Haven acquisition and the amortization of the Richmond County merger-related CDI.

 

Reflecting a $160.8 million increase in pre-tax income to $336.0 million, income tax expense rose $36.0 million to $106.8 million in 2002. At the same time, the Company’s effective tax rate declined to 31.8% from 40.4%, partly reflecting the implementation of various tax planning strategies. In addition, the higher rate in 2001 reflected the non-deductibility of certain merger-related expenses and a non-recurring tax charge.

 

38


Interest Income

 

The Company recorded interest income of $599.5 million in 2002, signifying a $176.2 million, or 41.6%, increase from the level recorded in 2001. The rise in interest income was driven by a $2.9 billion, or 51.0%, increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $8.7 billion, and tempered by a 46-basis point reduction in the average yield to 6.92%. The increase reflected the dramatic rise in mortgage loan production and the leveraged growth of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities.

 

In connection with the restructuring of the balance sheet, the Company substantially reduced its portfolios of certain assets while significantly increasing other portfolios during the same time. In 2002, the Company securitized one-to-four family loans totaling $569.5 million, which were subsequently reclassified as available-for-sale securities, and sold another $215.9 million outright from the portfolio. In addition, the Company sold $71.4 million of home equity and installment loans, which were included in its portfolio of “other loans.” At the same time, the Company increased its production of multi-family loans, with $2.1 billion of originations, and substantially increased the balance of its securities portfolio. The replenishment of the asset mix with multi-family loans and securities yielding market rates of interest contributed to both the higher average balance of interest-earning assets and the lower average yield.

 

Mortgage and other loans, net, generated interest income of $403.4 million in 2002, up $77.5 million, or 23.8%, from the 2001 amount. The increase was fueled by a $1.2 billion, or 27.4%, rise in the average balance to $5.4 billion, and tempered by a 22-basis point drop in the average yield to 7.49%. The higher average balance stemmed primarily from the record volume of multi-family loan originations, which was tempered by the reduction in one-to-four family loans through securitizations, prepayments, and sales. The modest decline in the average yield, despite the substantial reduction in one-to-four family credits yielding above-market rates of interest, was indicative of the favorable rate structure of the multi-family loan portfolio. Mortgage and other loans, net, accounted for 62.2% of average interest-earning assets in 2002 and generated 67.3% of total interest income, as compared to 73.8% and 77.0%, respectively, in 2001.

 

Mortgage-backed securities generated 2002 interest income of $151.7 million, up $90.4 million from the year-earlier amount. The increase was fueled by a $1.6 billion rise in the average balance to $2.6 billion and tempered by a 42-basis point decline in the average yield to 5.85%. The higher balance reflected the securitization of one-to-four family loans in the second quarter, the redeployment of funds generated by the restructuring of assets, and the leveraged growth of the portfolio. The lower yield was indicative of the lower interest rate environment and the surge in prepayments over the course of the year. Reflecting the shift in the asset mix, mortgage-backed securities represented 30.0% of average interest-earning assets in 2002, as compared to 17.1% in the year-earlier period, and generated 25.3% of total interest income, up from 14.5%.

 

The rise in interest income also stemmed from the leveraged growth of the Company’s portfolio of investment securities, primarily reflecting investments in capital trust notes and corporate bonds. The interest income generated by investment securities rose $13.3 million year-over-year to $43.4 million, the net effect of a $265.2 million rise in the average balance to $638.4 million and a 127-basis point decline in the average yield to 6.80%.

 

Consistent with the Company’s deployment of funds into multi-family loans and other high yielding assets, the interest income produced by money market investments declined $4.9 million to $1.0 million, the result of a $114.4 million reduction in the average balance to $38.8 million and a 125-basis point drop in the average yield to 2.63%.

 

Interest Expense

 

The Company recorded 2002 interest expense of $226.3 million, as compared to $217.5 million in 2001. The $8.8 million, or 4.0%, increase was attributable to a $2.6 billion, or 48.6%, rise in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities to $8.1 billion, and was significantly offset by a 120-basis point decline in the average cost of funds to 2.80%. The average balance was boosted by a meaningful rise in core deposits and by a substantial increase in borrowings in connection with the Company’s leveraged growth strategy. The cost of funds was reduced by a combination of factors, including the growth in core deposits, the shift of funds from CDs into alternative investment products, and the lower market interest rates that prevailed throughout the year.

 

The significant interest-earning asset growth reflected in interest income was substantially funded by the significant growth in leveraged funds reflected in interest expense. In 2002, borrowings generated total interest expense of $130.4 million, up 72.3% from $75.7 million in 2001. The increase was the net effect of a $1.7 billion rise in the average

 

39


balance of borrowings to $3.3 billion, and an 85-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 4.01%. Borrowings thus represented 40.3% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2002, as compared to 28.7% in the year-earlier period, and accounted for 57.6% of total interest expense, as compared to 34.8%.

 

While the concentration of borrowings grew over the course of the year, the mix of deposits reflected a steady shift of funds out of CDs and into lower-cost core deposit accounts. CDs represented 25.0% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2002, down from 38.5% in the year-earlier period, and generated 25.8% and 49.7%, respectively, of total interest expense. Specifically, CDs generated 2002 interest expense of $58.4 million, down $49.7 million, or 46.0%, from the level recorded in 2001. The reduction was the combined result of a $70.9 million decline in the average balance to $2.0 billion and a 227-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 2.89%. While the reduction in cost was indicative of the lower interest rate environment, the lower balance was indicative of the Company’s focus on core deposits and the sale of investment products through its banking offices. In addition, the Company’s pricing policies in the then-current interest rate environment were designed to discourage “hot money” deposits, and therefore served as an effective means of controlling funding costs.

 

Core deposits, including mortgagors’ escrow accounts, generated combined interest expense of $37.4 million, up from $33.7 million in 2001. The increase was the net effect of a $1.2 billion rise in the combined average balance to $3.3 billion and a 48-basis point decline in the average cost to 1.14%. In addition to a $164.3 million, or 55.0%, rise in the average balance of non-interest-bearing deposits to $463.1 million, the higher average balance of core deposits reflected an increase in the average balances of NOW and money market accounts and savings accounts.

 

NOW and money market accounts generated interest expense of $15.9 million in 2002, up $713,000, the net effect of a $298.2 million rise in the average balance to $1.1 billion and a 45-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 1.44%. At the same time, the interest expense produced by savings accounts rose $3.1 million year-over-year to $21.5 million, the net effect of a $705.0 million rise in the average balance to $1.7 billion and a 63-basis point decline in the average cost of such funds to 1.30%.

 

Net Interest Income

 

In 2002, the Company recorded net interest income of $373.3 million, signifying a year-over-year increase of $167.4 million, or 81.4%. The increase was supported by the Company’s balance sheet restructuring and leveraging programs: during the year, the Company produced a record volume of loans secured by multi-family buildings while profitably deploying its borrowings into securities. The growth in these portfolios was sufficiently large to offset strategic reductions in one-to-four family loans and consumer credits, and to generate the significant level of net interest income growth.

 

The increase in net interest income was paralleled by significant expansion of the Company’s spread and margin. At 4.12% and 4.31%, respectively, the Company’s 2002 spread and margin were 74 and 72 basis points wider than the 2001 measures, and 109 and 92 basis points wider than the 2002 industry averages.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

In 2002, the Company’s record of asset quality was supported by the continued absence of any net charge-offs, and by year-over-year improvements in the balance of non-performing assets and non-performing loans. Non-performing assets declined $1.2 million to $16.5 million at December 31, 2002, representing 0.15% of total assets, signifying a year-over-year improvement of four basis points. Non-performing loans declined $1.2 million from the prior year-end amount to $16.3 million, representing 0.30% of loans, net, down three basis points.

 

The provision for loan losses was, accordingly, suspended, consistent with management’s practice since the third quarter of 1995. In the absence of any net charge-offs or provisions for loan losses, the allowance for loan losses was maintained at $40.5 million, equivalent to 247.83% of non-performing loans and 0.74% of loans, net, at December 31, 2002.

 

40


Other Operating Income

 

The Company recorded other operating income of $101.8 million in 2002, up $11.2 million, or 12.4%, from the level recorded in 2001. The increase was fueled by a combined increase of $21.8 million in fee and other income, which served to offset a $10.6 million decline in net securities gains.

 

Notwithstanding the mid-year reduction in the number of branches, fee income contributed $47.4 million to 2002 other operating income, up 35.3% from $35.1 million in 2001. At the same time, other income rose $9.4 million, or 33.5%, to $37.4 million, primarily reflecting a $3.8 million rise in revenues from the sale of third-party investment products to $10.6 million; a $3.1 million increase in BOLI income to $9.6 million; and $5.9 million in revenues derived from PBC. Net gains on the sale of loans (including gains on the sale of loans originated on a conduit basis) contributed $6.6 million to other income in 2002, down from $10.3 million in the prior year. In 2001, the Company’s other income also included net gains on the sale of two Bank-owned properties totaling $1.5 million.

 

After-tax gains on the sale of securities contributed $11.0 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, to the Company’s 2002 net income and $17.9 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, to net income in 2001.

 

Non-interest Expense

 

The Company recorded non-interest expense of $139.1 million in 2002, as compared to $121.2 million in 2001. The amortization of CDI accounted for $6.0 million of the 2002 total, while the amortization of CDI and goodwill accounted for $8.4 million of the 2001 amount. The discontinuation of the goodwill amortization stemming from the Haven acquisition resulted in a year-over-year savings of $5.9 million.

 

Operating expenses totaled $133.1 million in 2002, representing 1.33% of average assets, as compared to $112.8 million, representing 1.76% of average assets, in the prior year. The $20.3 million increase stemmed from all four expense categories, and largely reflected the full-year effect of staffing, operating, and marketing a branch network with 110 banking offices.

 

Compensation and benefits accounted for $8.9 million of the $20.3 million increase in operating expenses, having risen to $72.1 million from $63.1 million in the prior year. Included in the 2001 amount was a merger-related charge of $22.8 million; the after-tax impact of this charge on the Company’s 2001 earnings was $14.8 million, or $0.11 per diluted share. In addition to normal salary increases and the twelve-month effect of the Richmond County merger, the higher level of compensation and benefits expense in 2002 reflected the addition of certain management-level positions befitting a growing financial institution, and the addition of PBC’s management and staff. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the number of full-time equivalent employees was 1,465 and 1,521, respectively.

 

Also included in 2002 compensation and benefits expense were plan-related expenses of $5.9 million, as compared to $22.8 million, reflected the aforementioned merger-related charge, in 2001.

 

Occupancy and equipment expense rose $4.6 million year-over-year to $23.2 million, despite the divestiture of 14 in-store branches in the second quarter and the consolidation of two in-store branches in the third quarter of 2002. The reduction in the number of branch offices was offset by the addition of PBC’s office in Manhattan and by the opening of four new branch offices during the first three quarters of the year.

 

G&A expense rose $4.2 million to $31.8 million in 2002, largely reflecting marketing expenses, while other expenses rose $2.5 million to $5.9 million. The latter increase reflects miscellaneous costs that were consistent with the operation of an $11.3 billion financial institution.

 

The year-over-year growth in operating expenses was sufficiently offset by the growth of net interest income and other operating income to produce an improvement in the efficiency ratio to 25.32%. In 2001, the Company recorded an efficiency ratio of 38.04%, reflecting the impact of the $22.8 million merger-related charge in compensation and benefits expense.

 

41


Income Tax Expense

 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $106.8 million in 2002, up $36.0 million from the level recorded in 2001. The increase reflected a $160.8 million rise in pre-tax income to $336.0 million and a decline in the effective tax rate to 31.8% from 40.4%.

 

The year-over-year reduction in the effective tax rate was partly due to the implementation of certain tax planning strategies in the fourth quarter of 2001 and in the latter half of 2002. In addition, the higher rate in 2001 stemmed from the non-deductibility of certain plan-related expenses in connection with the Richmond County merger and from a tax rate adjustment in the amount of $3.0 million.

 

IMPACT OF ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

Please refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS PAID PER COMMON SHARE

 

The common stock of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. has been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NYB” since December 20, 2002. Prior to that date, the Company’s common stock was traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NYCB.”

 

At December 31, 2003, the number of outstanding shares was 256,649,073 and the number of registered owners was approximately 14,600. The latter figure does not include those investors whose shares were held for them by a bank or broker at that date.

 

The table below sets forth the intra-day high/low price range and closing prices for the Company stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange from December 20, 2002 through December 31, 2003; the high and low bid prices and closing prices for the Company stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market ® from January 1, 2002 through December 19, 2002; and the cash dividends paid per common share for each of the four quarters of 2003 and 2002.

 

    

Dividends
Declared

per Common
Share (1)


   Market Price (1)

        High

   Low

   Close

2003

                   

1 st Quarter

   $0.14    $16.90    $15.27    $16.76

2 nd Quarter

     0.16    22.08    16.60    21.82

3 rd Quarter

     0.17    24.93    21.20    23.63

4 th Quarter

     0.19    29.74    23.59    28.54
    
  
  
  

2002

                   

1 st Quarter

   $0.09    $16.88    $12.74    $15.55

2 nd Quarter

     0.11    17.02    13.58    15.01

3 rd Quarter

     0.11    18.01    13.04    15.85

4 th Quarter

     0.11    17.00    13.64    16.25

 

(1) Amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

42


NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands, except share data)    2003

    2002

 

ASSETS

                

Cash and due from banks

   $ 285,904     $ 96,497  

Money market investments

     1,167       1,148  

Securities held to maturity (market value of securities pledged of $273,181 and $214,486 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)

     1,184,338       512,585  

Mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity (market value of securities pledged of $1,195,686 and $38,489 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)

     2,038,560       36,947  

Securities available for sale ($24,800 and $27,626 pledged at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)

     775,657       354,989  

Mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale ($5,288,777 and $2,494,793 pledged at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)

     5,501,377       3,597,141  

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

     170,915       186,860  

Mortgage loans, net

     10,188,737       5,405,266  

Other loans, net

     311,634       78,806  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (78,293 )     (40,500 )
    


 


Loans, net

     10,422,078       5,443,572  

Premises and equipment, net

     152,584       74,531  

Goodwill, net

     1,918,353       624,518  

Core deposit intangibles, net

     98,993       51,500  

Deferred tax asset, net

     256,920       9,508  

Other assets

     634,491       323,296  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 23,441,337     $ 11,313,092  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

Deposits:

                

NOW and money market accounts

   $ 2,300,221     $ 1,198,068  

Savings accounts

     2,947,044       1,643,696  

Certificates of deposit

     4,361,638       1,949,138  

Non-interest-bearing accounts

     720,203       465,140  
    


 


Total deposits

     10,329,106       5,256,042  
    


 


Official checks outstanding

     78,124       11,544  

Borrowings

     9,931,013       4,592,069  

Mortgagors’ escrow

     31,240       13,749  

Other liabilities

     203,197       116,176  
    


 


Total liabilities

     20,572,680       9,989,580  
    


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock at par $0.01 (5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)

     —         —    

Common stock at par $0.01 (600,000,000 shares authorized; 259,915,509 shares and 192,398,978 shares issued at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively; 256,649,073 shares and 187,847,937 shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)

     1,949       1,082  

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     2,565,620       1,104,899  

Retained earnings (substantially restricted)

     434,577       275,097  

Less: Treasury stock (3,266,436 and 4,551,041 shares, respectively)

     (79,745 )     (69,095 )

Unallocated common stock held by ESOP

     (15,950 )     (20,169 )

Common stock held by SERP and Deferred Compensation Plans

     (3,113 )     (3,113 )

Unearned common stock held by RRPs

     (41 )     (41 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (34,640 )     34,852  
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     2,868,657       1,323,512  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies

                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 23,441,337     $ 11,313,092  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

43


NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,

(in thousands, except per share data)    2003

    2002

   2001

INTEREST INCOME:

                     

Mortgage and other loans

   $ 456,672     $ 403,407    $ 325,924

Securities

     93,457       43,407      30,114

Mortgage-backed and -related securities

     197,868       151,670      61,319

Money market investments

     1,163       1,023      5,947
    


 

  

Total interest income

     749,160       599,507      423,304
    


 

  

INTEREST EXPENSE:

                     

NOW and money market accounts

     12,385       15,884      15,171

Savings accounts

     13,200       21,534      18,473

Certificates of deposit

     38,610       58,425      108,097

Borrowings

     179,954       130,394      75,685

Mortgagors’ escrow

     36       14      62
    


 

  

Total interest expense

     244,185       226,251      217,488
    


 

  

Net interest income

     504,975       373,256      205,816

Provision for loan losses

     —         —        —  
    


 

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     504,975       373,256      205,816
    


 

  

OTHER OPERATING INCOME:

                     

Fee income

     62,654       47,443      35,061

Net securities gains

     28,239       16,986      27,539

Gain on sale of branches

     37,613       —        —  

Other

     35,481       37,391      28,015
    


 

  

Total other operating income

     163,987       101,820      90,615
    


 

  

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

                     

Operating expenses:

                     

Compensation and benefits

     102,683       72,084      63,140

Occupancy and equipment

     26,779       23,230      18,643

General and administrative

     33,541       31,841      27,610

Other

     6,370       5,907      3,364
    


 

  

Total operating expenses

     169,373       133,062      112,757

Amortization of core deposit intangible and goodwill

     6,907       6,000      8,428
    


 

  

Total non-interest expense

     176,280       139,062      121,185
    


 

  

Income before income taxes

     492,682       336,014      175,246

Income tax expense

     169,311       106,784      70,779
    


 

  

Net income

   $ 323,371     $ 229,230    $ 104,467
    


 

  

Comprehensive income, net of tax:

                     

Unrealized (loss) gain on securities

     (69,492 )     31,137      2,895
    


 

  

Comprehensive income

   $ 253,879     $ 260,367    $ 107,362
    


 

  

Basic earnings per share

     $1.70       $1.27      $0.77
    


 

  

Diluted earnings per share

     $1.65       $1.25      $0.75
    


 

  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

44


NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands, except per share data)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

COMMON STOCK (Par Value: $0.01):

                        

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,082     $ 1,082     $ 310  

Shares issued

     867       —         772  
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     1,949       1,082       1,082  
    


 


 


PAID-IN CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     1,104,899       898,830       174,450  

Shares issued and fractional shares

     (639 )     —         —    

Tax effect of stock plans

     13,804       15,860       11,000  

Stock warrants issued in connection with BONUSES SM Units

     —         89,915       —    

Allocation of ESOP stock

     25,418       4,725       20,846  

Shares issued in the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers, respectively

     1,422,138       —         692,534  

Shares issued in secondary offering

     —         95,569       —    
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     2,565,620       1,104,899       898,830  
    


 


 


RETAINED EARNINGS:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     275,097       167,511       146,514  

Net income

     323,371       229,230       104,467  

Dividends paid on common stock

     (131,070 )     (78,359 )     (43,955 )

Exercise of stock options (4,260,530; 4,074,172; and 5,340,571 shares, respectively)

     (32,821 )     (43,285 )     (39,515 )
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     434,577       275,097       167,511  
    


 


 


TREASURY STOCK:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     (69,095 )     (78,294 )     (2,388 )

Purchase of common stock (8,523,841; 7,711,172; and 11,118,999 shares,

respectively)

     (174,525 )     (119,980 )     (121,048 )

Shares retired (2,757,533 shares)

     (63,332 )     —         —    

Shares issued to effect the Roslyn merger (8,305,449 shares)

     151,741       —         —    

Shares issued in secondary offering (10,426,667 shares)

     —         67,303       —    

Exercise of stock options (4,260,530; 4,074,172; and 5,340,571 shares, respectively)

     75,466       61,876       45,142  
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (79,745 )     (69,095 )     (78,294 )
    


 


 


EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     (20,169 )     (6,556 )     (8,485 )

Common stock acquired by ESOP

     —         (14,790 )     —    

Allocation of ESOP stock

     4,219       1,177       1,929  
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (15,950 )     (20,169 )     (6,556 )
    


 


 


SERP AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     (3,113 )     (3,113 )     (3,770 )

Allocation of SERP stock

     —         —         657  
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (3,113 )     (3,113 )     (3,113 )
    


 


 


RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLANS:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     (41 )     (41 )     (41 )

Earned portion of RRPs

     —         —         —    
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (41 )     (41 )     (41 )
    


 


 


ACCUMULATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:

                        

Balance at beginning of year

     34,852       3,715       820  

Unrealized (loss) gains on securities, net of tax of $29,505; $18,281; and $4,398, respectively

     (51,843 )     33,951       8,167  

Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $10,590; $1,515; and $2,839, respectively

     (17,649 )     (2,814 )     (5,272 )
    


 


 


Change in net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation in securities, net of tax

     (69,492 )     31,137       2,895  
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (34,640 )     34,852       3,715  
    


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,868,657     $ 1,323,512     $ 983,134  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

45


NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Net income

   $ 323,371     $ 229,230     $ 104,467  
    


 


 


Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     7,844       6,759       5,495  

Amortization of premiums (accretion of discounts), net

     16,876       8,728       (2,261 )

Net deferred loan origination (costs) fees

     (6,134 )     2,147       1,393  

Amortization of core deposit intangible and goodwill

     6,907       6,000       8,428  

Net securities gains

     (28,239 )     (16,986 )     (27,539 )

Net gain on sale of loans

     (2,775 )     (6,564 )     (10,305 )

Net gain on sale of Bank office buildings

     —         —         (1,484 )

Net gain on sale of South Jersey Bank Division

     (37,613 )     —         —    

Tax benefit effect of stock plans

     13,804       15,860       11,000  

Earned portion of ESOP

     29,637       5,902       22,775  

Earned portion of SERP

     —         —         657  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                        

Goodwill recognized in the Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc. acquisition and other goodwill addition

     —         (9,865 )     —    

Goodwill recognized in the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers, respectively

     (1,293,835 )     —         (502,511 )

Core deposit intangible recognized in the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers, respectively

     (54,400 )     —         (60,000 )

Allowance acquired in the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers, respectively

     37,793       —         22,436  

(Increase) decrease in deferred income taxes

     (207,861 )     30,888       1,964  

Increase in other assets

     (311,195 )     (70,864 )     (143,560 )

Increase (decrease) in official checks outstanding

     66,580       (76,103 )     46,408  

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     87,021       (36,752 )     96,782  
    


 


 


Total adjustments

     (1,675,590 )     (140,850 )     (530,322 )
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,352,219 )     88,380       (425,855 )
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Proceeds from redemption, maturities, and sales of securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity and FHLB stock

     411,447       75,459       112,573  

Proceeds from redemption, maturities, and sales of securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale

     7,821,588       2,698,721       685,074  

Purchase of securities and mortgage-backed and –related securities held to maturity and FHLB stock, net

     (3,057,138 )     (561,378 )     (142,176 )

Purchase of securities and mortgage-backed and –related securities available for sale, net

     (10,255,902 )     (3,656,057 )     (2,723,427 )

Loan originations, net of repayments

     (5,322,976 )     (1,150,477 )     (2,379,211 )

Proceeds from sale of loans

     315,586       495,479       620,886  

Purchase or acquisition of premises and equipment, net

     (85,897 )     (12,280 )     (33,830 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,173,292 )     (2,110,533 )     (3,860,111 )
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Net increase (decrease) in mortgagors’ escrow

     17,491       (7,747 )     10,205  

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     5,413,680       (194,560 )     2,193,408  

Net increase in borrowings

     5,338,944       2,085,241       1,469,323  

South Jersey Bank Division deposits sold, net of premium received

     (303,003 )     —         —    

Cash dividends and stock options exercised

     (163,891 )     (121,644 )     (83,470 )

Purchase of Treasury stock, net of stock options exercised

     (99,059 )     (58,104 )     (75,906 )

Shares issued in the Roslyn merger, secondary offering, and the Richmond County merger, respectively

     1,422,644       95,569       693,306  

Stock warrants issued in connection with BONUSES SM Units

     —         89,915       —    

Treasury stock issued in the Roslyn merger, net, and secondary offering, respectively

     88,409       67,303       —    

Cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with stock split

     (278 )     —         —    

Common stock acquired by ESOP

     —         (14,790 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     11,714,937       1,941,183       4,206,866  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     189,426       (80,970 )     (79,100 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     97,645       178,615       257,715  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 287,071     $ 97,645     $ 178,615  
    


 


 


Supplemental information:

                        

Cash paid for:

                        

Interest

     $244,253       $210,578       $217,958  

Income taxes

     191,145       49,858       3,541  

Non-cash investing activities:

                        

Securitization of mortgage loans to mortgage-backed securities

     $—         $569,554       $—    

Transfer of securities from available for sale to held to maturity

     —         1,010       —    

Reclassification from other loans to securities available for sale

     —         460       —    

Transfers to other real estate owned from loans

     286       213       55  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

46


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1:

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Formerly known as Queens County Bancorp, Inc., New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (on a stand-alone basis, the “Parent” or, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was organized under Delaware law on July 20, 1993 to serve as the holding company for New York Community Bank and its subsidiaries (the “Bank” or the “Subsidiary”), formerly known as Queens County Savings Bank. The Bank converted from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to the capital stock form of ownership on November 23, 1993, at which date the Company issued its initial offering of 4,588,500 shares of common stock (par value: $0.01 per share) at a price of $25.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds of $110.6 million. Concurrent with the issuance of the common stock, 50 percent of the net proceeds were used to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. Parent company only information is presented in Note 16.

 

Reflecting nine stock splits (a 3-for-2 stock split on September 30, 1994; a 4-for-3 stock split on August 22, 1996; 3-for-2 stock splits on April 10 and October 1, 1997, September 29, 1998, and March 29 and September 20, 2001; and 4-for-3 stock splits on May 21, 2003 and February 17, 2004), the initial offering price adjusts to $0.93 per share. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data presented in this filing reflects the impact of the 4-for-3 stock splits in 2004 and 2003.

 

Reflecting the stock splits, a secondary offering of 10,426,667 shares on May 14, 2002, and the impact of share repurchases and option exercises, the number of shares outstanding was 256,649,073 at December 31, 2003. An additional secondary offering of 13.5 million shares was completed on January 30, 2004.

 

The number of shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 also reflects shares issued pursuant to the Company’s merger transactions with Haven Bancorp, Inc. (“Haven”), Richmond County Financial Corp. (“Richmond County”), and Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. (“Roslyn”), as described below.

 

Beginning with the most recent of these merger transactions, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Roslyn, parent of The Roslyn Savings Bank, on June 27, 2003, under which it would acquire Roslyn in a purchase transaction. On October 31, 2003, Roslyn merged with and into the Company. At the same time, The Roslyn Savings Bank, the primary subsidiary of Roslyn, merged with and into the Bank.

 

On March 27, 2001, the Company and Richmond County entered into an agreement, valued at $693.4 million, under which the two companies would combine in a merger-of-equals. On July 31, 2001, Richmond County merged with and into the Company. At the same time, Richmond County Savings Bank, the primary subsidiary of Richmond County, merged with and into the Bank.

 

On June 27, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Haven, parent of CFS Bank, under which it would acquire Haven in a purchase transaction valued at $174.3 million. In anticipation of the acquisition, the name of the Company was changed to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. on November 21, 2000. On November 30, 2000, Haven was merged with and into the Company and, on January 31, 2001, CFS Bank merged with and into the Bank. The Bank changed its name to New York Community Bank on December 14, 2000.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Bank had a network of 139 banking offices (including 86 traditional branches, 52 in-store branches, and one customer service center) serving customers in New York City, Long Island, and Westchester County in New York, and Essex, Hudson, and Union counties in New Jersey. The Bank operates its branch network through seven local divisions: Queens County Savings Bank, Roslyn Savings Bank, Richmond County Savings Bank, Roosevelt Savings Bank, CFS Bank, First Savings Bank of New Jersey, and Ironbound Bank.

 

The following is a description of the significant accounting and reporting policies that the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries follow in preparing and presenting their consolidated financial statements, which conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets

 

47


and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-year consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2003 presentation.

 

Cash and Due From Banks and Money Market Investments

 

For cash flow reporting purposes, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and money market investments, which include federal funds sold with original maturities of less than 90 days. The Company is required to maintain reserves in accordance with the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve. Such policy requires the Company to hold reserves in the form of vault cash, in addition to deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2003, the Company was in compliance with this requirement. In addition, the Company had $1.7 million of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions at December 31, 2003.

 

Securities and Mortgage-backed and -related Securities Held to Maturity and Available for Sale

 

Securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on a level-yield method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, and adjusted, in the case of mortgage-backed and -related securities, for actual prepayments. Securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities to be held for indefinite periods of time, and not intended to be held to maturity, are classified as “available for sale” securities and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized appreciation and depreciation, net of tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on sales of securities and mortgage-backed and -related securities are computed using the specific identification method. The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than temporary.

 

Loans

 

Loans, net, are carried at unpaid principal balances, including unearned discounts, net deferred loan origination costs or fees, and the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Company applies Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” as amended by SFAS No. 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan/Income Recognition and Disclosures,” to all loans except smaller balance homogenous consumer loans (including one-to-four family mortgage loans), loans carried at fair value or the lower of cost or fair value, debt securities, and leases. SFAS No. 114 requires the creation of a valuation allowance for impaired loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral. Under SFAS No. 114, a loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan. SFAS No. 114 also provides that insubstance foreclosed loans should not be included in other real estate owned for financial reporting purposes but, rather, in the loan portfolio.

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to operations and reduced by reversals or by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Management establishes the allowance for loan losses through a process that begins with estimates of probable loss inherent in the portfolio, based on various statistical analyses. These analyses consider historical and projected default rates and loss severities; internal risk ratings; and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. In addition, management considers the Company’s current business strategy and credit process, including compliance with stringent guidelines it has established with regard to credit limitations, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions may be necessary, based on changes in economic conditions beyond management’s control. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Accordingly, the Bank may be required to take certain charge-offs and/or recognize additions to the allowance based on regulators’ judgments concerning information made available to them during their examinations. Based upon all relevant and available information, management believes that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

48


The Company defers certain loan origination and commitment fees, net of certain origination costs, and amortizes them as an adjustment of the loan yield over the term of the related loan using the interest method. When a loan is sold or repays, the remaining net unamortized fee is taken into income.

 

A loan is generally classified as a “non-accrual loan” when it is 90 days past due and management has determined that the collectibility of the entire loan is doubtful. When a loan is placed on “non-accrual” status, the Bank ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is less than 90 days past due and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises, furniture and fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost less the accumulated depreciation computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (generally five years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment and forty years for premises). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost less the accumulated amortization computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

 

In conjunction with the Roslyn merger, the Company acquired premises and equipment totaling $41.6 million at October 31, 2003.

 

Depreciation and amortization are included in “occupancy and equipment expense” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income, and amounted to approximately $7.8 million, $6.8 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001.

 

Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

 

On May 31, 2002, the Company securitized $569.5 million of one-to-four family loans into mortgage-backed securities. The transaction was accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” SFAS No. 140 is based on consistent application of a “financial-components” approach that focuses on control. Under said approach, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred; de-recognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered; and de-recognizes liabilities when extinguished. A transfer of financial assets in which the transferring entity surrenders control shall be accounted for as a sale to the extent that consideration other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets is received in exchange.

 

Under SFAS No. 140, the transaction on May 31, 2002 qualified as a guaranteed mortgage securitization, which requires a substantive guarantee by a third party. In a guaranteed mortgage securitization, no part of the beneficial interests needs to be sold to outsiders because the guarantor provides legitimacy to the transaction. When no proceeds are raised, these securitizations need not be accounted for as a sale or a financing under SFAS No. 140. In a guaranteed mortgage securitization, the historical carrying value of the loans, net of any unamortized fees, costs, discounts, premiums, and loan loss allowance plus any accrued interest, is allocated to the converted mortgage-backed securities and capitalized mortgage servicing rights, in proportion to their relative fair values.

 

The retained interests in the securitization were initially measured at their allocated carrying amount, based upon the relative fair values of the retained interests received at the date of securitization. Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are reflected in “other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition and amortized into “other operating income,” as reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income, in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights compared to amortized cost. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded no impairment to its servicing assets, which totaled $3.6 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold or rented, and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less the estimated selling costs. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in “other operating expenses.” At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had $92,000 and $175,000, respectively, of other real estate owned, which is included in “other assets” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

49


There were no valuation allowances for other real estate owned at December 31, 2003 or 2002, and no provisions for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, or 2001.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences, attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance provided for that portion of the asset for which the allowance is more likely than not to be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

Stock Option Plans

 

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123 defines a fair value-based method of accounting for an employee stock option or similar equity instrument. It also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for stock options using the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Entities electing to remain with the accounting method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value-based method of accounting had been applied. SFAS No. 123 is effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 1995. Pro forma disclosures required for entities that elect to continue measuring compensation cost using APB Opinion No. 25 must include the effects of all awards granted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1994.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure,” an amendment to SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity’s accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.

 

Had compensation costs for the Stock Option Plans (discussed in Note 13) been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant for awards made under those plans, consistent with the method set forth in SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income and basic and diluted earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

(in millions, except per share data)    2003

   2002

   2001

Net income

              

As reported

   $323.4    $229.2    $104.5

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense
          determined under fair value-based method, net of related tax effects

   25.4    15.9    20.4
    
  
  

Pro forma

   $298.0    $213.3    $84.1
    
  
  

Basic earnings per share (1)

              

As reported

   $1.70    $1.27    $0.77
    
  
  

Pro forma

   $1.57    $1.18    $0.62
    
  
  

Diluted earnings per share (1)

              

As reported

   $1.65    $1.25    $0.75
    
  
  

Pro forma

   $1.52    $1.16    $0.60
    
  
  

 

(1) Per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

The effects of applying SFAS No.123, either for recognizing or disclosing compensation costs under such pronouncement, may not be representative of the effect on reported net income for future periods.

 

50


Because the stock options granted under all of the Stock Option Plans have characteristics that are significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated fair values, the Company employed a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants made during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Dividend yield

   2.70 %   2.84 %   2.82 %

Expected volatility

   23.57     13.32     33.03  

Risk-free interest rate

   3.88     5.04     4.83  

Expected option lives

   8.1 years     9.4 years     6.7 years  

 

The Company had eight stock option plans at December 31, 2003, including two plans for directors and employees of the former Queens County Savings Bank; two plans for directors and employees of the former CFS Bank; a plan for directors and employees of the former Richmond County Savings Bank; a plan for directors and employees of the former Roosevelt Savings Bank, which had been acquired by Roslyn on February 16, 1999; and two plans for directors and employees of the former Roslyn Savings Bank. The Bank applies APB Opinion No. 25 and the related interpretations in accounting for its plans; accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized.

 

Retirement Plans

 

The Company maintains a combined pension plan, which is currently frozen, for the benefit of employees of the former Queens County Savings Bank, the former CFS Bank, the former Richmond County Savings Bank, and the former Roslyn Savings Bank. Each plan covers substantially all employees who had attained minimum service requirements prior to the date on which the respective plan of the bank of origin was frozen. The former Queens County Savings Bank, CFS Bank, and Richmond County Savings Bank Retirement Plans were frozen on September 30, 1999, December 29, 2000, and March 31, 1999, respectively. The Roslyn Savings Bank Retirement Plan was frozen on January 31, 2003.

 

Post-retirement benefits were recorded on an accrual basis with an annual provision that recognized the expense over the service life of the employee, determined on an actuarial basis.

 

Earnings per Share (Basic and Diluted)

 

In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” simplifying the standards for computing earnings per share previously found in APB Opinion No. 15 of the same name, and replacing the presentation of primary EPS with a presentation of basic EPS. SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of the income statement for all entities with complex capital structures and requires a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

 

Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that would then share in the earnings of the entity.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the computation of basic EPS was 189,826,992; 180,893,579; and 136,404,830, respectively. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the computation of diluted EPS was 196,303,469; 183,225,968; and 138,763,623 for the corresponding periods. The differential in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the computation of basic and diluted EPS represents the average common stock equivalents of stock options and warrants issued in connection with the Company’s Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiES (“BONUSES SM Units”).

 

Segment Reporting

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” the Company determined that all of its activities constitute only one reportable operating segment.

 

51


Bank-owned Life Insurance

 

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These policies are recorded in “other assets” at their cash surrender value, which is the amount that can be realized. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in “other income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had Bank-owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) of $375.0 million and $203.0 million, respectively. The 2003 amount includes $125.9 million of BOLI that was acquired in the Roslyn merger and $30.0 million that was purchased during the year. An additional $100.0 million of BOLI was purchased by the Company on February 27, 2004.

 

IMPACT OF ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as “derivatives”) and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after that date. SFAS No. 149 was implemented by the Company in the third quarter of 2003 and had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for the way an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, and requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are considered a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) when that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer.

 

SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and became otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. SFAS No. 150 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition or results of operations upon implementation during the third quarter of 2003. In November 2003, the FASB also issued a staff position that indefinitely deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 150 for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The Company does not currently believe that the deferral of the effective date of SFAS No. 150 for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests will have a material impact on its consolidated statement of financial condition or results of operations when implemented.

 

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” which was adopted by the Company on December 31, 2003 and had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The objective of FIN 46 is to provide guidance on ways to identify a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and to determine when the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests, and results of operations of a VIE need to be included in a company’s consolidated financial statements. A company that holds variable interests in an entity will need to consolidate the entity if the company’s interest in the VIE is such that the company will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, if they occur. FIN 46 also requires additional disclosures by primary beneficiaries and other significant variable interest holders. FIN 46 was effective for all VIEs created after January 31, 2003. However, the FASB postponed that effective date to December 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised FIN 46 (“FIN 46 R”), which further delayed the effective date until March 31, 2004 for VIEs created prior to February 1, 2003, except for special purpose entities, which must adopt either FIN 46 or FIN 46 R as of December 31, 2003. The requirements of FIN 46 R will result in the deconsolidation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary trusts, formed to issue mandatorily redeemable preferred securities (“trust preferred securities”). The provisions of FIN 46 R are not expected to materially impact the Company’s consolidated statements of income or cash flows.

 

52


Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised Statement No. 132 (“SFAS No. 132 R”), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , ” that improves financial statement disclosures for defined benefit plans. The project was initiated by the FASB earlier this year in response to concerns raised by investors and other users of financial statements about the need for greater transparency of pension information. The change replaces existing FASB disclosure requirements for pensions. In an effort to provide the public with better and more complete information, the standard requires that companies provide more details about their plan assets, benefit obligations, cash flows, benefit costs, and other relevant information. Companies are required to provide financial statement users with a breakdown of plan assets by category, such as equity, debt, and real estate. A description of investment policies and strategies and target allocation percentages, or target ranges, for these asset categories also are required in financial statements. Cash flows will include projections of future benefit payments and an estimate of contributions to be made in the next year to fund pension and other postretirement benefit plans. In addition to expanded annual disclosures, the FASB is improving the information available to investors in interim financial statements. Companies are required to report the various elements of pension and other postretirement benefit costs on a quarterly basis. The guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, and for quarters beginning after December 15, 2003.

 

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was signed into law on December 8, 2003. As permitted under FASB Staff Position SFAS No. 106-1, the Company has elected to defer accounting for certain of the effects of the Act pending issuance of final guidance and transition rules. The Company is currently reviewing the Act and the potential impact on its postretirement medical plan. Accordingly, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and net periodic benefit costs related to this plan do not reflect the effects of the Act. Once final guidance is issued, previously reported information is subject to change.

 

Business Combinations

 

Effective July 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and certain provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” These rules require that all business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for under the purchase method. In addition, the non-amortization provisions of the rules affecting goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are effective for all purchase business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. Accordingly, no goodwill is being amortized in connection with the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers.

 

The Company adopted the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142 when the rules became effective for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2002. Under these rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but are subject to annual impairment tests. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The Company applied the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets with regard to the Haven acquisition on January 1, 2002, at which time the amortization of goodwill stemming from this acquisition, in the amount of $5.9 million per year, was discontinued.

 

Additionally, SFAS No. 142 requires that the Company complete an impairment assessment on all goodwill recognized in its consolidated financial statements. During 2003, management completed its assessment as of January 1, 2003 by comparing the fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount, and determined that no impairment charge was required.

 

The Company had no indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill at December 31, 2003.

 

Financial Guarantees

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor about its obligations under certain guarantees issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45 apply to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company adopted these provisions on January 1, 2003.

 

53


The Company provides guarantees and indemnifications to its customers to enable them to complete a wide variety of business transactions and to enhance their credit standing. The Company has recorded such guarantees at their respective fair values as an “other liability.” The Company deems the fair value of the guarantees to equal the consideration received. The following table summarizes the Company’s guarantees and indemnifications at December 31, 2003:

 

(in thousands)    Expire
Within One
Year


   Expire
After One
Year


   Total
Outstanding
Amount


   Maximum Potential
Amount of Future
Payments


Performance standby letters of credit

   $12,812    $ —      $12,812    $12,812

Financial standby letters of credit

          387      10,600      10,987      10,987

Loans with recourse/indemnification

   —        981           981           981
    
  

  
  
     $13,199    $ 11,581    $24,780    $24,780
    
  

  
  

 

The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could be lost under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged.

 

Performance standby letters of credit were issued primarily for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of the Bank’s borrowers. These borrowers are primarily residential subdivision borrowers who have a current relationship with the Bank. Performance standby letters of credit obligate the Bank to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Financial standby letters of credit were issued primarily for the benefit of other financial institutions, on behalf of certain of the Bank’s current borrowers. Financial standby letters of credit obligate the Bank to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. The Bank collects a fee upon the issuance of performance and financial standby letters of credit. These fees are initially recorded by the Bank as a liability and are recognized into income at the expiration date of the respective guarantees. In addition, the Bank also requires adequate collateral, typically in the form of real property or personal guarantees, upon issuance of performance and financial standby letters of credit. In the event of borrower default, loans with recourse/indemnification obligate the Bank to purchase loans the Company has sold or otherwise transferred to a third party.

 

NOTE 2:

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, GOODWILL, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill

 

On October 31, 2003, the Company completed a merger with Roslyn, parent of The Roslyn Savings Bank, which operated 39 banking offices in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, Kings and Bronx counties in New York. In addition to the opportunity to enhance shareholder value, the merger presented an opportunity to combine and expand two complementary banking operations; to enhance the Company’s capacity to generate loans in view of Roslyn’s capacity to accumulate deposits; to increase the Company’s deposit share in the New York metro region; and to strengthen the Company’s capacity for capital generation and capital management initiatives.

 

At the date of the merger, Roslyn had consolidated assets of $10.4 billion (including loans, net, of $3.5 billion and securities of $5.8 billion) and consolidated liabilities of $9.9 billion (including deposits of $5.9 billion and borrowings of $3.9 billion). Under the terms of the plan and agreement of merger, holders of Roslyn common stock received 0.75 shares (pre-split) of the Company’s common stock for each share of Roslyn common stock held at the merger date. In connection with the merger, the Company issued 75,824,353 shares of common stock (as split-adjusted) with a value of $1.4 billion, and retired 2,757,533 shares of the Company common stock (as split-adjusted) that had been purchased by Roslyn prior to the merger date. The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired was $1.3 billion. On November 1, 2003, the Company applied the provisions of SFAS No. 142 as required for goodwill and intangible assets; as a result, no goodwill is being amortized in connection with this transaction.

 

54


The following table presents data with respect to the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in the Roslyn merger:

 

     At October 31, 2003

Assets:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $     669,118

Securities

       5,716,382

Loans, net of the allowance for loan losses

       3,563,352

FHLB-NY stock

           78,040

Fixed assets

           81,872

Other assets

          295,539

Core deposit intangible

           54,400

Goodwill

       1,293,835
    

Total assets

   $11,752,538
    

Liabilities:

    

Deposits

   $  5,998,062

Borrowings

       4,154,649

Other liabilities

            84,375
    

Total liabilities

     10,237,086
    

Net assets acquired

   $  1,515,452
    

 

A core deposit intangible (“CDI”) of $54.4 million recognized in connection with the merger is being amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years. The results of operations of Roslyn are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income subsequent to October 31, 2003. The Company’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 would have amounted to $433.4 million had the Roslyn merger taken place on January 1, 2003. As of December 31, 2003, accrued merger-related costs of $60.8 million, consisting primarily of unpaid employment benefits, remain in “other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. It is estimated that none of the goodwill stemming from the Roslyn merger will be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed a merger-of-equals with Richmond County, parent of Richmond County Savings Bank, which operated 34 banking offices in Staten Island, Brooklyn, and New Jersey. At the date of the merger, Richmond County had consolidated assets of $3.7 billion, including loans, net, of $1.9 billion, and consolidated liabilities of $3.4 billion, including deposits of $2.5 billion. Under the terms of the plan and agreement of merger, holders of Richmond County common stock received 1.02 shares (pre-split) of the Company’s common stock for each share of Richmond County common stock held at the merger date. In connection with the merger, the Company issued 68,525,850 shares of common stock (as split-adjusted) with a value of $692.5 million. The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired was $502.5 million. On August 1, 2001, the Company applied certain provisions of SFAS No. 142 as required for goodwill and intangible assets; as a result, no goodwill is being amortized in connection with this transaction. A CDI of $60.0 million was also recognized in connection with the merger, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years. The results of operations of Richmond County are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income subsequent to July 31, 2001.

 

On November 30, 2000, the Company acquired Haven, parent of CFS Bank, which operated 70 branch offices in New York City, Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester, and Rockland counties (New York), New Jersey, and Connecticut. At the acquisition date, Haven had consolidated assets of $2.7 billion, including loans, net, of $2.2 billion, and consolidated liabilities of $2.6 billion, including deposits of $2.1 billion. In accordance with the plan and agreement of merger, holders of Haven common stock received 1.04 shares (pre-split) of the Company’s common stock for each share of Haven common stock held at the date of the acquisition. In connection therewith, the Company issued 39,310,976 shares of common stock (as split-adjusted) from Treasury with a value of $174.3 million. The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired was $118.6 million. In accordance with the adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the Company suspended the amortization of goodwill generated by the Haven acquisition. The results of operations of Haven are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income subsequent to November 30, 2000.

 

55


In further accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company was required to complete an impairment assessment on all goodwill recognized in its consolidated financial statements to determine if a transition impairment charge needed to be recognized. During 2003, management completed its assessment as of January 1, 2003 by comparing the fair value of its goodwill to the carrying amount, and determined that no impairment charge was required.

 

Net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, as adjusted to exclude amortization expense (net of taxes) related to goodwill, are as follows:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    2003

   2002

   2001

Net income

                    

Reported net income

   $ 323,371    $ 229,230    $ 104,467

Add back: goodwill amortization

     —        —        3,853
    

  

  

Adjusted net income

   $ 323,371    $ 229,230    $ 108,320
    

  

  

Basic earnings per share (1)

                    

Reported basic earnings per share

     $1.70      $1.27      $0.77

Add back: goodwill amortization

     —        —        0.03
    

  

  

Adjusted basic earnings per share

     $1.70      $1.27      $0.80
    

  

  

Diluted earnings per share (1)

                    

Reported diluted earnings per share

     $1.65      $1.25      $0.75

Add back: goodwill amortization

     —        —        0.03
    

  

  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

     $1.65      $1.25      $0.78
    

  

  

 

(1) Per-share amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 624,518    $ 614,653

Goodwill acquired in the Roslyn merger and the Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc. acquisition, respectively

     1,293,835      9,753

Other additions

     —        112
    

  

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,918,353    $ 624,518
    

  

 

Acquired Intangible Assets

 

The Company has a CDI stemming from the Roslyn and Richmond County mergers and mortgage servicing rights stemming from the Richmond County merger. In addition, the Company has other identifiable intangibles of approximately $567,000 related to the purchase of a branch office. The mortgage servicing rights and other identifiable intangibles are included in “other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2003. The following table summarizes the gross carrying and accumulated amortization amounts of the Company’s acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2003:

 

    

Gross Carrying

Amount


  

Accumulated

Amortization


   

Net Carrying

Amount


(in thousands)                

Acquired intangible assets:

               

Core deposit intangibles

   $114,400    $(15,407 )   $98,993

Mortgage servicing rights

   2,640    (647 )   1,993

Other intangible assets

   1,325    (758 )   567
    
  

 

Total

   $118,365    $(16,812 )   $101,553
    
  

 

 

        Aggregate amortization expense related to the CDI, mortgage servicing rights, and other identifiable intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $6.9 million, $311,000, and $88,000, respectively. The CDI, mortgage servicing rights, and other intangibles are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of ten years, eight-and-a-

 

56


half years, and fifteen years, respectively. The Company assessed the appropriateness of the useful lives of its intangible assets as of January 1, 2003 and determined them to be appropriate. No residual value is estimated for these intangible assets.

 

Estimated future amortization expense related to the CDI, merger-related mortgage servicing rights, and other identifiable intangibles from December 31, 2003 forward is as follows:

 

     Core Deposit
Intangible


   Mortgage
Servicing Rights


  

Other

Intangibles


   Total

(in thousands)                    

2004

   $11,440    $   311    $  88    $ 11,839

2005

   11,440    311    88      11,839

2006

   11,440    311    88      11,839

2007

   11,440    311    88      11,839

2008

   11,440    311    88      11,839

2009 and thereafter

   41,793    438    127      42,358
    
  
  
  

Total remaining intangible assets

   $98,993    $1,993    $567    $ 101,553
    
  
  
  

 

NOTE 3:

 

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

 

Securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

(in thousands)    Cost

   Gross
Unrealized Gain


   Gross
Unrealized Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


U.S. Government agency obligations

   $   653,342    $     377    $4,963    $   648,756

Corporate bonds

   239,712    8,158    1,593    246,277

Capital trust notes

   275,659    27,246    —      302,905

Preferred stock

   15,625    531    —      16,156
    
  
  
  

Total securities held to maturity

   $1,184,338    $36,312    $6,556    $1,214,094
    
  
  
  
    

 

December 31, 2002


(in thousands)    Cost

   Gross
Unrealized Gain


   Gross
Unrealized Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


Corporate bonds

   $233,653    $  4,168    $ —      $237,821

Capital trust notes

   273,932    13,799    48    287,683

Preferred stock

   5,000    200    —      5,200
    
  
  
  

Total securities held to maturity

   $512,585    $18,167    $  48    $530,704
    
  
  
  

 

The following is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated market value of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003 by contractual maturity:

 

     Amortized Cost

    
(in thousands)    U.S. Government
Agency
Obligations


   Other Debt
and Equity
Securities


   Estimated
Market Value


Due within one year

   $       —      $ 74,215    $ 76,075

Due from one to five years

   —        67,983      70,722

Due from five to ten years

   567,374      47,052      612,396

Due after ten years

   85,968      341,746      454,901
    
  

  

Total securities held to maturity

   $653,342    $ 530,996    $ 1,214,094
    
  

  

 

57


At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had $170.9 million and $186.9 million, respectively of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) stock, at cost. Such investment is required to be maintained in order for the Company to have access to funding resources provided by the FHLB-NY.

 

The Company had no outstanding commitments to buy securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003.

 

See Note 5 for tabular information regarding securities held to maturity having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months or for twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2003.

 

NOTE 4:

 

MORTGAGE-BACKED AND -RELATED SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

 

Mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

(in thousands)    Cost

   Gross
Unrealized Gain


   Gross
Unrealized Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


FNMA certificates

   $ 13,689    $   686    $     —      $     14,375

CMOs

     2,010,899    3,737    38,081    1,976,555

Other mortgage-backed securities

     13,972    —      —      13,972
    

  
  
  

Total mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity

   $ 2,038,560    $4,423    $38,081    $2,004,902
    

  
  
  
    

 

December 31, 2002


(in thousands)    Cost

   Gross
Unrealized Gain


   Gross
Unrealized Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


FNMA certificates

     $36,947    $1,542    $—      $38,489
    

  
  
  

Total mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity

     $36,947    $1,542    $—      $38,489
    

  
  
  

 

The amortized cost and estimated market value of mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity, all of which have prepayment provisions, are distributed to a maturity category based on the estimated average life of said securities, as shown below. Principal prepayments are not scheduled over the life of the investment, but are reflected as adjustments to the final maturity distribution. The following is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated market value of mortgage-backed and –related securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003 by contractual maturity:

 

     December 31, 2003

(in thousands)    Amortized
Cost


   Estimated
Market Value


Due within one year

   $ —      $          —  

Due from one to five years

     —      —  

Due from five to ten years

     —      —  

Due after ten years

     2,038,560    2,004,902
    

  

Total mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity

   $ 2,038,560    $2,004,902
    

  

 

The Company had no outstanding commitments to buy mortgage-backed or -related securities held to maturity at December 31, 2003.

 

See Note 5 for tabular information regarding mortgage-backed and –related securities held to maturity having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months or for twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2003.

 

58


NOTE 5:

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

 

Securities available for sale at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

(in thousands)    Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gain


   Gross
Unrealized
Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


Debt and equity securities available for sale:

                           

U.S. Government agency obligations

   $ 61,254    $ 42    $ 258    $ 61,038

Corporate bonds

     131,387      186      4,691      126,882

State, county, and municipal

     5,139      120      —        5,259

Other bonds

     1,023      —        —        1,023

Capital trust notes

     397,354      4,453      2,018      399,789

Preferred stock

     127,832      1,687      7,212      122,307

Common stock

     56,243      3,767      651      59,359
    

  

  

  

Total debt and equity securities available for sale

   $ 780,232    $ 10,255    $ 14,830    $ 775,657
    

  

  

  

Mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale:

                           

GNMA certificates

   $ 31,933    $ —      $ 1,591    $ 30,342

FNMA certificates

     821,566      6,220      —        827,786

FHLMC certificates

     783,622      6,598      14,863      775,357

Other mortgage-backed securities

     1,717      —        —        1,717

CMOs

     3,913,389      12,615      59,829      3,866,175
    

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale

     5,552,227      25,433      76,283      5,501,377
    

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 6,332,459    $ 35,688    $ 91,113    $ 6,277,034
    

  

  

  

     December 31, 2002

(in thousands)    Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gain


   Gross
Unrealized
Loss


   Estimated
Market Value


Debt and equity securities available for sale:

                           

U.S. Government agency obligations

   $ 20,092    $ 38    $ 180    $ 19,950

Corporate bonds

     56,605      632      8      57,229

Capital trust notes

     210,236      6,396      534      216,098

Preferred stock

     43,932      1,306      3      45,235

Common stock

     16,300      2,794      2,617      16,477
    

  

  

  

Total debt and equity securities available for sale

   $ 347,165    $ 11,166    $ 3,342    $ 354,989
    

  

  

  

Mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale:

                           

GNMA certificates

   $ 68,608    $ 2,339    $ —      $ 70,947

FNMA certificates

     85,185      2,021      —        87,206

FHLMC certificates

     845,016      25,611      —        870,627

CMOs

     2,552,534      18,359      2,532      2,568,361
    

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed and -related securities available for sale

     3,551,343      48,330      2,532      3,597,141
    

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 3,898,508    $ 59,496    $ 5,874    $ 3,952,130
    

  

  

  

 

The gross proceeds, gross realized gains, and gross realized losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 were as follows:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

   2001

Gross proceeds

   $ 3,056,236    $ 537,784    $ 685,074

Gross realized gains

     32,858      17,484      37,207

Gross realized losses

     7,019      498      9,668

 

59


The following is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated market value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2003, based on contractual maturity:

 

     December 31, 2003

(in thousands)    Amortized
Cost


   Estimated
Market
Value


Due within one year

   $ —      $ —  

Due from one to five years

     9,118      9,181

Due from five to ten years

     75,742      75,740

Due after ten years

     6,247,599      6,192,113
    

  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 6,332,459    $ 6,277,034
    

  

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company did not have any commitments to purchase securities available for sale.

 

The following table presents held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months or for twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2003:

 

     Less than 12 Months

   12 Months or Longer

   Total

(dollars in thousands)    Fair Value

   Unrealized
Loss


   Fair
Value


   Unrealized
Loss


   Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Loss


Temporarily impaired held-to-maturity debt securities:

                                         

U.S. Government agency obligations

   $ 609,081    $ 4,963    $ —      $ —      $ 609,081    $ 4,963

CMOs

     1,584,124      38,081      —        —        1,584,124      38,081

Corporate bonds

     23,450      1,593      —        —        23,450      1,593
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total temporarily impaired held-to-maturity debt securities

   $ 2,216,655    $ 44,637    $ —      $ —      $ 2,216,655    $ 44,637
    

  

  

  

  

  

Temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities:

                                         

Debt securities:

                                         

U.S. Government agency obligations

   $ 60,884    $ 258    $ —      $ —      $ 60,884    $ 258

Federal agency mortgage-backed securities

     643,799      14,863      30,342      1,591      674,141      16,454

CMOs

     2,927,355      59,829      —        —        2,927,355      59,829

Corporate bonds

     114,320      4,691      —        —        114,320      4,691

Capital trust notes

     106,384      1,909      840      109      107,224      2,018
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities

     3,852,742      81,550      31,182      1,700      3,883,924      83,250

Equity securities

     92,459      7,863      —        —        92,459      7,863
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities

   $ 3,945,201    $ 89,413    $ 31,182    $ 1,700    $ 3,976,383    $ 91,113
    

  

  

  

  

  

 

At December 31, 2003, approximately 84.2% of the unrealized losses in the securities portfolio were on pass-through certificates guaranteed by FHLMC, GNMA, or FNMA, and CMOs backed by government agency pass-through certificates or whole loans. By virtue of the underlying collateral or structure, which is more often than not sequential, the Company’s CMOs are AAA-rated. The Company believes that price movements in CMOs and agency pass-through securities are dependent upon movements in market interest rates, since the credit risk inherent in these securities is negligible. The remaining 15.8% of the unrealized losses were concentrated in corporate bonds and state and municipal obligations. The Company reviews these securities on at least an annual basis, and there were no instances of credit or rating agency downgrades as of December 31, 2003. The Company believes that these price movements can be attributed to the increase in current market credit spreads on similar issuances.

 

60


The investment securities denoted as having a continuous loss position for twelve months or more consist of four government agency and civic organization-backed securities and one capital trust note. The Company primarily acquired these investment securities in conjunction with its community reinvestment activities. Such securities generate community reinvestment credits for the Company, lowering its tax liabilities in the year they are purchased, and generally carry a below-market rate of interest. The current market value of these securities represented an unrealized loss of $1.7 million at December 31, 2003, primarily due to the below-market yield provided and the limited market for their sale. At year-end 2003, the fair value of these securities was 5.2% below their collective book value of $32.9 million. Management believes that the unrealized loss on these securities is temporary and that they will be repaid in accordance with their terms. The Company receives monthly principal and interest payments on these securities; principal payments totaled $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. If these securities were marketed for sale to institutions requiring community reinvestment credit, the Company believes that it would receive book value in return.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

On May 31, 2002, the Company securitized $569.5 million of one-to-four family loans into mortgage-backed securities. At the date of the transaction, this amount represented the historical carrying amount of the loans, net of any unamortized fees, plus accrued interest. In connection with the securitization, the Company capitalized $2.9 million of mortgage servicing rights, in proportion to their relative fair values. The Company did not securitize any loans, nor generate any mortgage servicing rights, during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the remaining carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights stemming from the second quarter 2002 securitization of one-to-four family loans was $1.6 million. Combining the mortgage servicing rights acquired in the Richmond County merger and the mortgage servicing rights stemming from the second quarter 2002 securitization of one-to-four family loans, the Company had total mortgage servicing rights of $3.6 million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Mortgage servicing rights are included in “other assets” on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The related aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 was $1.1 million, $827,000, and $26,000, respectively.

 

NOTE 6:

 

LOANS

 

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2003 and 2002 is summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

   2002

 

MORTGAGE LOANS:

               

Multi-family

   $ 7,368,155    $ 4,494,332  

One-to-four family

     730,963      265,724  

Commercial real estate

     1,445,048      533,327  

Construction

     643,548      117,013  
    

  


Total mortgage loans

     10,187,714      5,410,396  

Net deferred loan origination costs (fees)

     1,023      (5,130 )
    

  


Mortgage loans, net

     10,188,737      5,405,266  
    

  


Other loans

     311,634      78,787  

Unearned premiums

     —        19  
    

  


Other loans, net

     311,634      78,806  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     78,293      40,500  
    

  


Loans, net

   $ 10,422,078    $ 5,443,572  
    

  


 

The Bank is one of the leading multi-family lenders for portfolio in the New York metro region. At December 31, 2003, $7.4 billion, or 70.2%, of total loans were secured by multi-family buildings, the vast majority of which were located in the five boroughs of New York City.

 

61


On December 1, 2000, the Bank adopted a policy of originating one-to-four family loans on a conduit basis in order to minimize its exposure to credit and interest rate risk. Under this program, applications are taken and processed by a third party. Following origination, the loans are sold to said party, service-released. Accordingly, no allowance for loan losses had been allocated to such loans.

 

Under the conduit program, the Bank sold one-to-four family loans totaling $297.3 million and $201.6 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. In addition, the Bank sold, to various third parties, one-to-four family loans totaling $35.5 million in 2002 that were previously purchased from two financial institutions. The Company has discontinued the practice of purchasing one-to-four family loans for portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the Company recorded aggregate net gains of $2.8 million, $2.7 million, and $10.3 million, respectively, on the sale of one-to-four family loans.

 

In 2003, the Bank sold $15.5 million of home equity loans. In 2002, the Bank sold an additional $180.4 million of one-to-four family loans from its portfolio and $71.4 million of home equity loans.

 

In conjunction with the Roslyn merger, the Company acquired a portfolio of student loans held for sale. Student loans are generally sold to the Student Loan Marketing Association during the grace period of the loan, before principal repayment begins.

 

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2003 and 2002, which are included in loans, net, are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

One-to-four family loans

   $ 7,020    $ 12,607

Student loans

     586      —  
    

  

Total loans held for sale

   $ 7,606    $ 12,607
    

  

 

The Bank services mortgage loans for various third parties, including, but not limited to, Savings Bank Life Insurance (“SBLI”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“ FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and the State of New York Mortgage Agency (“SONYMA”). At December 31, 2003, the unpaid principal balance of serviced loans amounted to $670.0 million (including $47.4 million acquired in the Roslyn merger); at December 31, 2002, the unpaid principal balance was $694.9 million. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with such loans amounted to $3.6 million and $3.9 million at the corresponding dates.

 

NOTE 7:

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

   2001

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 40,500    $ 40,500    $ 18,064

Acquired allowance

     37,793      —        22,436
    

  

  

Balance, end of year

   $ 78,293    $ 40,500    $ 40,500
    

  

  

 

The allowance for loan losses was increased by $37.8 million pursuant to the Roslyn merger in 2003 and by $22.4 million pursuant to the Richmond County merger in 2001. The Company made no provisions for loan losses in 2003, 2002, or 2001. Non-accrual loans amounted to $34.3 million, $11.9 million, and $10.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001. Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest amounted to approximately $4.4 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001; no such loans were recorded at December 31, 2003.

 

62


The interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of such non-accrual loans and the interest income actually recognized for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, are summarized below:

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Interest income that would have been recorded

   $ 2,066     $ 429     $ 651  

Interest income recognized

     (281 )     (355 )     (42 )
    


 


 


Interest income foregone

   $ 1,785     $ 74     $ 609  
    


 


 


 

Impaired loans for which the discounted cash flows, collateral value, or market price equals or exceeds the carrying value of the loan do not require an allowance. The allowance for impaired loans for which the discounted cash flows, collateral value, or market price is less than the carrying value of the loan is included in the Bank’s overall allowance for loan losses. The Company’s recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31, 2003 was $11.5 million. The Company did not maintain a related loan loss allowance for these loans. The Company’s average recorded investment in impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $11.8 million. Interest income recognized on impaired loans, which was not materially different from cash-basis interest income for such loans, amounted to $58,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. There were no impaired loans in 2002 or 2001.

 

NOTE 8:

 

DEPOSITS

 

The following is a summary of weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2003 and 2002 for each type of deposit:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
(dollars in thousands)    Amount

   Percent
of Total


    Weighted
Average
Rate (1)


    Amount

   Percent
of Total


    Weighted
Average
Rate (1)


 

NOW and money market accounts

   $ 2,300,221    22.27 %   0.96 %   $ 1,198,068    22.80 %   1.18 %

Savings accounts

     2,947,044    28.53     0.56       1,643,696    31.27     0.93  

Certificates of deposit

     4,361,638    42.23     2.46       1,949,138    37.08     2.17  

Non-interest-bearing accounts

     720,203    6.97     —         465,140    8.85     —    
    

  

 

 

  

 

Total deposits

   $ 10,329,106    100.00 %   0.83 %   $ 5,256,042    100.00 %   1.36 %
    

  

 

 

  

 

 

(1) Excludes the effect of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the aggregate amount of deposits that had been reclassified as loan balances (i.e., overdrafts) was $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

The following is a summary of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) in amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2003 by remaining term to maturity:

 

     CDs of $100,000 or More Maturing Within

(in thousands)   

0 – 3

Months


  

3 – 6

Months


  

6 – 12

Months


  

Over 12

Months


   Total

Total maturities

   $ 380,090    $ 237,489    $ 183,822    $ 301,388    $ 1,102,789
    

  

  

  

  

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the aggregate amount of CDs of $100,000 or more was approximately $1.1 billion and $615.7 million, respectively. Included in deposits at the respective dates were brokered deposits totaling $302.8 million and $10.5 million, respectively. The increase reflects brokered deposits totaling $295.6 million that were acquired in the Roslyn merger.

 

63


NOTE 9:

 

BORROWINGS

 

The Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

FHLB-NY advances

   $ 2,385,830    $ 2,251,200

Repurchase agreements

     6,750,240      1,972,108

Trust preferred securities

     590,050      368,761

Unsecured senior debt

     204,893      —  
    

  

Total borrowings

   $ 9,931,013    $ 4,592,069
    

  

 

Accrued interest on borrowings is included in “other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and totaled $41.2 million and $15.6 million at the respective dates. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the interest expense generated by borrowings totaled $180.0 million, $130.4 million, and $75.7 million, respectively.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Advances

 

FHLB-NY advances totaled $2.4 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The contractual maturities of the outstanding FHLB-NY advances at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)

Contractual

Maturity


   Amount

   Weighted Average Interest Rate (1)

 

2004

   $ 22,000    5.32 %

2005

     22,000    6.11  

2006

     315,764    4.68  

2007

     107,575    2.47  

2008

     236,524    2.77  

2009

     275,224    5.87  

2010

     986,191    5.79  

2011

     420,138    4.76  

2025

     414    7.82  
    

  

     $ 2,385,830    5.01 %
    

  

 

(1) Excludes the effect of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

The FHLB-NY advances are either straight fixed-rate advances or advances under the FHLB-NY convertible advance program, which grants the FHLB-NY the option to call the advance after an initial lock-out period of up to five years and quarterly thereafter, until maturity, or a one-time call at the initial call date. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the advances were collateralized by securities with a market value of approximately $101.8 million and $828.0 million, respectively; pledges of FHLB-NY stock of $170.9 million and $186.9 million, respectively; and a blanket assignment of the Company’s qualifying mortgage loans.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, the average balance of FHLB-NY advances was approximately $2.5 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.4%. The maximum amount of FHLB-NY advances outstanding at any month-end during 2003 was $3.1 billion. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, the average balance was approximately $1.8 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 5.5%. The maximum amount of FHLB-NY advances outstanding at any month-end during 2002 was $2.3 billion.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company maintained a $100.0 million overnight line of credit with the FHLB-NY. At December 31, 2003, there were no borrowings drawn under this line. At December 31, 2002, borrowings under this line amounted to $18.7 million. In addition, the Company had access to funds through a $100.0 million one-month facility from the FHLB-NY during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at the respective dates. FHLB-NY advances and FHLB-NY overnight line-of-credit borrowings are secured by a pledge of certain eligible

collateral, consisting of one-to-four family loans and/or

 

64


mortgage-backed securities, in an amount equal to 110% of outstanding advances. In addition, the Company maintains a $10.0 million line of credit with a money center bank, which had not been drawn upon at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Repurchase agreements totaled $6.8 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The contractual maturities of repurchase agreements at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 

Contractual Maturity


   Amount

   Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate (1)


 
(dollars in thousands)            

Up to 30 days

   $ 1,444,657    1.15 %

30 to 90 days

     1,058,961    1.11  

Over 90 days

     4,246,622    3.48  
    

  

Total

   $ 6,750,240    2.61 %
    

  

 

(1) Excludes the effect of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

The above agreements were collateralized by mortgage-backed and -related securities and debt securities with respective market values of $5.3 billion and $24.8 million at December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2002, repurchase agreements were collateralized by mortgage-backed and -related securities and debt securities with respective market values of $2.5 billion and $27.6 million.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, the average balance of short-term repurchase agreements was approximately $2.4 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 1.16%. The maximum amount of short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at any month-end during 2003 was $4.3 billion. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, the average balance was approximately $1.4 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 1.76%. The maximum amount of short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at any month-end during 2002 was $2.0 billion. Repurchase agreements represented an immaterial percentage of the Company’s total borrowings throughout 2001.

 

65


Trust Preferred Securities

 

Trust preferred securities totaled $590.1 million and $368.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The following trust preferred securities were outstanding at December 31, 2003:

 

(in thousands)                          

Current Interest Rate &
Security Title (1)


   Issuer

  

Amount

Outstanding


   

Date of

Original Issue


   Stated Maturity

  

Optional

Redemption Date


10.460% Capital Securities

   Haven Capital Trust I    $ 16,874     February 12, 1997    February 1, 2027    February 1, 2007

10.250% Capital Securities

   Haven Capital Trust II      21,048     May 26, 1999    June 30, 2029    June 30, 2009

11.045% Capital Securities

   Queens Capital Trust I      9,671     July 26, 2000    July 19, 2030    July 19, 2010

10.600% Capital Securities

   Queens Statutory Trust I      14,423     September 7, 2000    September 7, 2030    September 7, 2010

4.980% Floating Rate Capital Securities

   NYCB Capital Trust I      36,000     November 28, 2001    December 8, 2031    December 8, 2006

4.770% Floating Rate Capital Securities

   New York Community
    Statutory Trust I
     35,032     December 18, 2001    December 18, 2031    December 18, 2006

4.830% Floating Rate Capital Securities

   New York Community
    Statutory Trust II
     50,250     December 28, 2001    December 28, 2031    December 28, 2006

6.000% Fixed Rate Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiES (BONUSES SM Units)

   New York Community
    Capital Trust V
     275,000     November 4, 2002    November 1, 2051    November 4, 2007

Less: Original issue discount, net of accretion

          (92,357 )              
         


             
            182,643                

4.780% Floating Rate Capital Securities

   Roslyn Preferred Trust I      62,109     March 20, 2002    April 1, 2032    April 1, 2007

8.250% Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Series B Preferred Stock

   Richmond County
    Capital Corporation
     10,000     April 7, 2003    None    July 15, 2024

4.440% Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Series C Preferred Stock

   Richmond County
    Capital Corporation
     50,000     April 7, 2003    None    July 15, 2008

8.950% Non-cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Series C Preferred Securities

   Roslyn Real Estate
    Asset Corp.
     12,500     October 27, 2003    None    September 30, 2023

4.790% Non-cumulative Exchangeable Floating Rate Series D Preferred Stock

   Roslyn Real Estate
    Asset Corp.
     89,500     October 27, 2003    None    September 30, 2008
         


             

Total trust preferred securities

        $ 590,050                
         


             

 

(1) Excludes the effect of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

On November 4, 2002, the Company completed a public offering of 5,500,000 BONUSES Units, including 700,000 that were sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $50.00 per share. The Company realized net proceeds from the offering of approximately $267.3 million. Each BONUSES Unit consists of a trust preferred security issued by New York Community Capital Trust V, a trust formed by the Company, and a warrant to purchase 2.4953 shares of the common stock of the Company at an effective exercise price of $20.04 per share. Each trust preferred security has a maturity of 49 years, with a coupon, or distribution rate, of 6.00% on the $50.00 per share liquidation amount. The warrants and preferred securities are non-callable for five years.

 

The gross proceeds of the BONUSES Units totaled $275.0 million and were allocated between the trust preferred security and the warrant comprising such units, in proportion to their relative values at the time of issuance. The value assigned to the warrants was $92.4 million, and was recorded as a component of additional “paid-in capital” in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The value assigned to the trust preferred security component was $182.6 million and is included in “borrowings” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition. The difference between the assigned value and the stated liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities is treated as an original issue discount and amortized to “interest expense” over the life of the preferred securities on a level-yield basis. Issuance costs related to the BONUSES Units totaled $7.7 million, of which $5.1 million was allocated to the trust preferred security, reflected in

 

66


“other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, and amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. The portion of issuance costs allocated to the warrants totaled $2.6 million and was treated as a reduction in paid-in capital.

 

In addition, the Company has established eight other Delaware business trusts of which it owns all of the common securities: Haven Capital Trust I, Haven Capital Trust II, Queens Capital Trust I, Queens Statutory Trust I, NYCB Capital Trust I, New York Community Statutory Trust I, New York Community Statutory Trust II, and Roslyn Preferred Trust I (the “Trusts”). The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures (“Trust Preferred Securities”), which are described in the preceding table. Dividends on the Trust Preferred Securities are payable either quarterly or semi-annually and are deferrable, at the Company’s option, for up to five years. As of December 31, 2003, all dividends were current. As each one was issued, the Trusts used the proceeds from the Trust Preferred Securities offerings to purchase a like amount of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the “Debentures”) of the Company. The Debentures bear the same terms and interest rates as the related Trust Preferred Securities. The Debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts and are eliminated, along with the related income statement effects, in the consolidated financial statements. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of the Trusts. Under applicable regulatory guidelines, a portion of the Trust Preferred Securities qualifies as Tier I capital, and the remainder qualifies as Tier II capital.

 

The BONUSES Units accrue interest at an annual rate of 6.00%. The Trust Preferred Securities issued by Haven Capital Trust I, Haven Capital Trust II, Queens Capital Trust I, and Queens Statutory Trust I accrue interest at an annual rate of 10.46%, 10.25%, 11.045% and 10.60%, respectively. The NYCB Capital Trust I accrues interest at a variable rate that is adjustable semi-annually and equal to 3.75% over the six-month LIBOR, with an initial rate of 6.007% and an interest rate cap of 11.00% effective through December 8, 2006. The New York Community Statutory Trust I accrues interest at a variable rate that is adjustable quarterly and equal to 3.60% over the three-month LIBOR, with an initial rate of 5.60% and an interest rate cap of 12.50% effective through December 18, 2006. The New York Community Statutory Trust II accrues interest at a variable rate that is adjustable semi-annually and equal to 3.60% over the six-month LIBOR, with an initial rate of 5.58% and an interest rate cap of 10.00% effective through December 28, 2006. The Roslyn Preferred Trust I accrues interest at a variable rate that is adjustable semi-annually and equal to 3.60% over the six-month LIBOR, with an initial rate of 5.88% and an interest rate cap of 12.00% effective through April 1, 2007.

 

On April 7, 2003, the Company, through its second-tier subsidiary, CFS Investments New Jersey, Inc., completed the sale of $60.0 million of preferred securities of Richmond County Capital Corporation in a private placement transaction. The private placement was made to “Qualified Institutional Buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A of the Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The preferred securities consisted of $10.0 million, or 100 shares, of Richmond County Capital Corporation Series B Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Preferred Stock, stated value of $100,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and $50.0 million, or 500 shares, of Richmond County Capital Corporation Series C Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Floating-Rate Preferred Stock, stated value of $100,000 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”). Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 8.25% of its stated value. The Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company on or after July 15, 2024. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% of its stated value. The Series C Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company on or after July 15, 2008. The dividend rate on the Series C Preferred Stock resets quarterly.

 

On October 27, 2003, Roslyn Real Estate Asset Corp., a second-tier subsidiary that was acquired by the Company in the Roslyn merger, completed the sale of $102.0 million of preferred securities in a private placement transaction. The private placement was made to “Qualified Institutional Buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A of the Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The preferred securities consisted of $12.5 million, or 125 shares, of Roslyn Real Estate Asset Corp. (“RREA”) Series C Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Fixed-Rate Preferred Stock, liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (the “RREA Series C Preferred Stock”) and $89.5 million, or 895 shares, of RREA Series D Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Floating-Rate Preferred Stock, liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (the “RREA Series D Preferred Stock”). Dividends on the RREA Series C Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 8.95% of its stated value. The RREA Series C Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company on or after September 30, 2023. Dividends on the RREA Series D Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at an annual rate equal to 4.79% for the period September 30, 2003 to but excluding December 31, 2003 and thereafter at LIBOR plus 3.65% of its stated value. The RREA Series D Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company on or after September 30, 2008. The dividend rate on the RREA Series D Preferred Stock will be reset quarterly.

 

67


On November 13, 2002, Roslyn issued $115.0 million of 5.75% unsecured senior notes at a price of 99.785%. The notes have a maturity date of November 15, 2007. Interest on such notes is paid semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2003. On November 21, 2001, Roslyn issued $75.0 million of 7.50% unsecured senior notes at par and a maturity date of December 1, 2008. Interest on such notes is paid semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2002. In connection with these unsecured senior note offerings, the Company capitalized a total of $3.1 million of debt issuance costs (to be amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over the life of the borrowings), which are reflected as “interest expense on borrowings” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Accrued interest payable on senior notes at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

The Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2003 also reflect four interest rate swap agreements which the Company entered into in the second quarter of the year. The agreements effectively converted four of the Company’s trust preferred securities from fixed to variable rate instruments. Under these agreements, which were designated, and accounted for, as “fair value hedges” aggregating a notional value of $65.0 million, the Company receives a fixed interest rate of 10.51% which is equal to the interest due to the holders of the trust preferred securities and pays a floating interest rate which is tied to the three-month LIBOR. At December 31, 2003, the weighted average floating rate of interest was 6.37%. The maturity dates, call features, and other critical terms of these derivative instruments match the terms of the trust preferred securities. As a result, no net gains or losses were recognized in earnings with respect to these hedges. At December 31, 2003, a $2.9 million liability, representing the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements, was recorded in “other liabilities.” An offsetting adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the trust preferred securities to recognize the change in their fair value.

 

NOTE 10:

 

FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:

                

Financial statement allowance for loan loss

   $ 30,448     $ 15,188  

Accrual for post-retirement benefits

     7,195       2,922  

Mark to market on loans

     —         1,720  

Mark to market on borrowings

     130,274       10,501  

Merger-related costs

     11,513       —    

Compensation and related obligations

     45,894       1,606  

Mark to market on securities available for sale

     62,687       —    

Other

     11,829       57  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     299,840       31,994  
    


 


DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:

                

Mark to market on securities available for sale

     —         (14,060 )

Mark to market on loans

     (4,990 )     —    

Pre-paid pension cost

     (13,685 )     (5,868 )

Amortization of intangibles

     (12,254 )     —    

Fixed assets

     (10,753 )     (1,408 )

Other

     (1,238 )     (1,150 )
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     (42,920 )     (22,486 )
    


 


Net deferred tax asset

   $ 256,920     $ 9,508  
    


 


 

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2003 and 2002 represents the anticipated federal, state, and local tax benefits that are expected to be realized in future years upon the utilization of the underlying tax attributes comprising this balance. Based upon current facts, management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. However, there can be no assurances about the level of future earnings.

 

68


Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

   2001

Federal – current

   $ 152,618    $ 78,892    $ 33,123

State and local – current

     12,460      5,004      1,905
    

  

  

Total current

     165,078      83,896      35,028
    

  

  

Federal – deferred

     3,814      20,822      32,815

State and local – deferred

     419      2,066      2,936
    

  

  

Total deferred

     4,233      22,888      35,751
    

  

  

Total income tax expense

   $ 169,311    $ 106,784    $ 70,779
    

  

  

 

The following is a reconciliation of statutory federal income tax expense to combined effective income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001:

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 172,439     $ 117,605     $ 61,336  

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     8,631       4,595       3,147  

ESOP

     5,441       (874 )     6,250  

BOLI

     (5,329 )     (3,367 )     (2,294 )

Tax effect of subsidiary transactions

     (9,879 )     (9,943 )     —    

Amortization of intangibles

     —         —         2,950  

Other, net

     (1,992 )     (1,232 )     (610 )
    


 


 


Total income tax expense

   $ 169,311     $ 106,784     $ 70,779  
    


 


 


 

The Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, file a consolidated federal income tax return on a calendar-year basis.

 

As a savings institution, the Bank is subject to special provisions in the federal and New York tax laws regarding its tax bad debt reserves and, for New York purposes, its allowable tax bad debt deduction. At December 31, 2003, the Bank’s federal, New York State, and New York City tax bad debt base-year reserves were $45.1 million, $321.3 million, and $320.6 million, respectively (including $17.8 million, $126.6 million, and $122.8 million, respectively, acquired in the Roslyn merger). At December 31, 2002, the respective tax bad debt base-year reserves were $27.3 million, $144.7 million, and $146.8 million, respectively. Related deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized since the Bank does not expect that these reserves, which constitute base-year amounts as set forth in the applicable tax laws, will become taxable in the foreseeable future. Under the tax laws, events that would result in taxation of certain of these reserves include (1) redemptions of the Bank’s stock or certain excess distributions by the Bank to the Company; and (2) failure of the Bank to maintain a specified qualifying assets ratio or meet other thrift definition tests for New York tax purposes.

 

NOTE 11:

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Pledged Assets

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had pledged securities held to maturity with a market value of $273.2 million and $214.5 million, respectively. The carrying values of the pledged securities were $277.6 million and $214.4 million at the corresponding dates.

 

The Company also had pledged mortgage-backed and –related securities held to maturity with a market value of $1.2 billion and $38.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The carrying values of the pledged mortgage-backed and –related securities held to maturity were $1.3 billion and $36.9 million at the corresponding dates.

 

69


In addition, the Company had pledged securities available for sale with a market value and carrying value of $5.3 billion at December 31, 2003 and a market value and carrying value of $2.5 billion at December 31, 2002. Included in the pledged securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were mortgage-backed and –related securities totaling $5.3 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, and securities totaling $24.8 million and $27.6 million, respectively.

 

Loan Commitments

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, commitments to originate loans amounted to approximately $1.2 billion and $478.7 million, respectively. The majority of the outstanding commitments at December 31, 2003 were expected to close within 90 days.

 

Lease and License Commitments

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company was obligated under 105 non-cancelable operating lease and license agreements with renewal options on properties used principally for branch operations. The Company expects to renew such agreements upon their expiration in the normal course of business. The agreements contain escalation clauses commencing at various times during the lives of the agreements. Such clauses provide for increases in the annual rent.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had entered into several non-cancelable operating leases and license agreements for the rental of Bank properties. The agreements contain escalation clauses that provide for periodic increases in the annual rental.

 

The projected minimum annual rental commitments under these agreements, exclusive of taxes and other charges, are summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Rental Expense

2004

   $  12,156

2005

   11,940

2006

   11,384

2007

   10,236

2008

   8,999

2009 and thereafter

   52,096
    

Total minimum future rentals

   $106,811
    

 

Included in “occupancy and equipment expense,” the rental expense under these leases was approximately $8.1 million, $6.8 million, and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Rental income on Bank properties, netted in occupancy and equipment expense, was approximately $1.3 million, $1.0 million, and $1.2 million for the corresponding periods. Minimum future rental income under noncancelable sublease agreements aggregated $9.7 million at December 31, 2003.

 

On December 15, 2000, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters to the former headquarters of Haven in Westbury, New York. CFS Bank had purchased the office building and land in December 1997 under a lease agreement and Payment-in-lieu-of-Tax (“PILOT”) agreement with the Town of Hempstead Industrial Development Agency (“IDA”). Under the IDA and PILOT agreements, the Company sold the building and land to the IDA and is leasing it for $1.00 per year for a 10-year period ending on December 31, 2007. The Company will repurchase the building for $1.00 upon expiration of the lease term in exchange for IDA financial assistance.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the normal course of the Company’s business, there are various outstanding legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, based on consultation with legal counsel, the financial position of the Company will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of such legal proceedings.

 

In February 1983, a burglary of the contents of safe deposit boxes occurred at a branch office of CFS Bank. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had a lawsuit pending, whereby the plaintiffs are seeking recovery of approximately $12.4 million in damages. This amount does not include any statutory prejudgment interest that could be awarded. The ultimate liability, if any, that might arise from the disposition of these claims cannot presently be determined. Management believes it has meritorious defenses against this action and continues to defend its position.

 

70


NOTE 12:

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Retirement Plans

 

On April 1, 2002, three separate pension plans for employees of the former Queens County Savings Bank, the former CFS Bank, and the former Richmond County Savings Bank merged together and were renamed the New York Community Bank Retirement Plan. The Plan covers substantially all employees who had attained minimum service requirements prior to the date when the respective plans were frozen by the banks of origin. Once frozen, the plans ceased to accrue additional benefits, service, and compensation factors, and became closed to employees who would have met eligibility requirements after the “freeze” date. The former Queens County Savings Bank Retirement Plan was frozen at September 30, 1999, while the former CFS Bank Retirement Plan was frozen on June 30, 1996, reactivated on November 30, 2000, and subsequently refrozen on December 29, 2000. The former Richmond County Savings Bank Retirement Plan was frozen on March 31, 1999.

 

In connection with the Roslyn merger on October 31, 2003, the Company acquired the Roslyn Savings Bank Plan, which was frozen on January 31, 2003. The New York Community Bank Retirement Plan and the former Roslyn Savings Bank Retirement Plan (the “Roslyn Plan”) are presented on a consolidated basis in the tables that follow. It is expected that the Roslyn Plan will be merged with the New York Community Bank Retirement Plan in the second half of 2004.

 

The New York Community Bank Retirement Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended. Post-retirement benefits were recorded on an accrual basis with an annual provision that recognized the expense over the service life of the employee, determined on an actuarial basis. Since all plans were frozen prior to 2001, there was no service cost for the years ended December 31, 2003 or 2002.

 

The following tables set forth the disclosures required under SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” for the New York Community Bank Retirement Plan:

 

     Pension Benefits

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

 

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION:

                

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 82,134     $ 32,338  

Service cost

     587       —    

Interest cost

     5,198       2,322  

Actuarial loss

     6,069       2,483  

Benefits paid

     (4,256 )     (2,024 )

Settlements

     (1,085 )     (1,112 )

Curtailments

     (6,620 )     —    
    


 


Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 82,027     $ 34,007  
    


 


CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:

                

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

   $ 81,172     $ 34,611  

Actual loss (return) on plan assets

     10,902       (2,158 )

Annuity payments

     (4,256 )     (2,024 )

Settlements

     (1,085 )     (1,112 )

Employer contributions

     1,500       6,000  
    


 


Fair value of assets at end of year

   $ 88,233     $ 35,317  
    


 


FUNDED STATUS:

                

Funded status

   $ 6,206     $ 1,310  

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     26,416       12,678  

Unrecognized past service liability

     1,459       1,660  
    


 


Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 34,081     $ 15,648  
    


 


 

71


     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS (1) :

                  

Discount rate

   6.25 %   6.75 %   7.50 %
    

 

 

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   9.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %
    

 

 

 

(1) Roslyn’s weighted average assumptions were the same as those for the Company in 2003.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST:

                        

Interest cost

   $ 5,198     $ 2,322     $ 1,832  

Service cost

     587       —         —    

Expected return on plan assets

     (7,092 )     (3,031 )     (2,630 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     894       202       161  

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     1,547       126       —    

Curtailment charge

     239       —         —    
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit expense (credit)

   $ 1,373     $ (381 )   $ (637 )
    


 


 


 

At December 31, 2003, the aggregate benefit obligation and the aggregate fair value of plan assets for the New York Community Bank Retirement Plan were $34.5 million and $37.3 million, respectively; for the former Roslyn Plan, the corresponding amounts were $47.6 million and $50.9 million, respectively.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” to improve financial statement disclosures for defined benefit plans. The following information is presented in accordance with revised SFAS No. 132.

 

Plan assets are invested in six diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “Trust”), which is a no-load series open-ended mutual fund. In addition, the Trust holds some shares of Company stock, and a small portion of the assets (less than 1%) is invested in the common stock of RS Group (the parent of RSI Retirement Trust). The investment funds include four equity mutual funds and two bond mutual funds, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies, and risks, as detailed in the Trust’s prospectus. The plan sponsor has discretion to determine the appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities. The plan sponsor’s long-term investment objective is to be invested 65% in equity securities and 35% in debt securities (i.e., bond mutual funds), collectively referred to as the plan’s “target allocation.” Asset rebalancing is performed at least annually, with interim adjustments made when the investment mix varies more than 5% from the target in either direction. The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the pension plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term. In addition, investment managers for the Trust are expected to provide above average performance when compared to their peer managers. Performance volatility is also monitored. Risk and volatility are further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within each fund.

 

Current Asset Allocation

 

At October 1, 2003 and 2002, the weighted-average asset allocations for the New York Community Bank Retirement Plan and the Roslyn Plan were as follows:

 

    

New York Community

Bank Retirement Plan


     Plan Assets at
October 1, 2003


  Plan Assets at
October 1, 2002


ASSET CATEGORY

        

Equity securities (1)

     67%     50%

Debt securities (e.g., bond mutual funds)

     33        32   

Insurance contract (Cigna)

   —       18   
    
 

Total

   100 %   100 %
    
 

 

72


    

The Roslyn Savings

Bank Retirement Plan


 
     Plan Assets at
October 1, 2003


    Plan Assets at
October 1, 2002


 

ASSET CATEGORY

            

Equity securities (2)

   69 %   64 %

Debt securities (e.g. bond mutual funds)

   31     36  
    

 

Total

   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

(1) Equity securities include Company common stock in the amount of $5.0 million (representing 14% of total plan assets) and $3.2 million (representing 9% of total plan assets) at October 1, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

(2) Equity securities include Company common stock in the amount of $2.8 million (representing 6% of total plan assets) and $2.1 million (representing 5% of total plan assets) at October 1, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

The fair values of debt, equity, and mortgage-backed and –related securities are estimated based on bid quotations received from security dealers or from prices obtained from firms specializing in providing security pricing services.

 

Determination of Long-Term Rate-of-Return

 

The long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumptions for the New York Community Bank and Roslyn Savings Bank Retirement Plans were based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the plans’ target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5%-9% and 2%-6%, respectively. The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3%. When these overall return expectations are applied to the plans’ target allocations, the expected rate of return is determined to be 9.0%, which is roughly the midpoint of the range of expected return.

 

Contributions

 

The Bank expects to contribute approximately $100,000 to the Roslyn Plan in 2004.

 

Qualified Savings Plans

 

The Company maintains a defined contribution Qualified Savings Plan named the New York Community Bank Employee Savings Plan in which all regular salaried employees are able to participate after one year of service and having attained age 21. No matching contributions have been made by the Company to the Plan since the Bank’s conversion to stock form on November 23, 1993.

 

In connection with the Roslyn merger, all matching contributions to the former Roslyn Savings Bank 401(k) Savings Plan were suspended effective October 31, 2003. In connection with the Richmond County merger and the Haven acquisition, respectively, all matching contributions to the former Richmond County Savings Bank 401(k) Savings Plan were suspended effective January 1, 2002, and all matching contributions to the former CFS Bank 401(k) Thrift Incentive Savings Plan were suspended effective January 1, 2001. Accordingly, there were no Company contributions relating to the New York Community Bank Employee Savings Plan for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, or 2001 except for five months of contributions relating to the Richmond County Savings Bank Plan for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

Other Compensation Plans

 

The Company maintains an unfunded non-qualified plan to provide retirement benefits to directors who are neither officers nor employees of the Bank. The unfunded balances of approximately $182,000 and $497,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are reflected in “other liabilities” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for directors who are neither officers nor employees of the Bank. The remaining balances of approximately $387,000 and $466,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are unfunded and, as such, are reflected in “other liabilities” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

 

73


Post-retirement Health and Welfare Benefits

 

The Company offers certain post-retirement benefits, including medical, dental, and life insurance, to retired employees, depending on age and years of service at the time of retirement. The costs of such benefits are accrued during the years that an employee renders the necessary service.

 

The following tables set forth the disclosures required under SFAS No. 132 for the Bank’s post-retirement benefit plans in 2003, as consolidated with Roslyn’s post-retirement plan, and in 2002 as a stand-alone entity:

 

     Post-retirement
Benefits


 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

 

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION:

                

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 15,662     $ 6,790  

Service cost

     10       40  

Interest cost

     1,015       476  

Actuarial loss

     1,523       638  

Benefits paid

     (1,097 )     (751 )

Plan amendments

     347       —    

Curtailment

     —         —    
    


 


Benefit obligation at end of year

     17,460     $ 7,193  
    


 


CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:

                

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

   $ —       $ —    

Employer contribution

     1,097       751  

Benefits paid

     (1,097 )     (751 )
    


 


Fair value of assets at end of year

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


FUNDED STATUS:

                

Accrued post-retirement benefit cost

   $ (16,886 )   $ (7,696 )

Employer contribution

     1,097       752  

Total net periodic benefit credit

     (859 )     (450 )
    


 


Accrued post-retirement benefit cost

   $ (16,648 )   $ (7,394 )
    


 


 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS (1) :

                  

Discount rate

   6.25 %   6.75 %   7.50 %
    

 

 

Current medical trend rate

   10.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %
    

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50 %   4.00 %   4.25 %
    

 

 

 

(1) Roslyn’s weighted average assumptions were the same as those for the Company in 2003.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST:

                  

Service cost

   $     10     $  40     $   53  

Interest cost

   1,015     476     377  

Amortization of prior service cost

   (157 )   (56 )   (217 )

Amortization of unrecognized gain

   (9 )   (10 )    
    

 

 

Net periodic benefit credit

   $   859     $450     $ 213  
    

 

 

 

Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by 1% in each year would have increased the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2003 by $865,000, and the aggregate of the benefits earned and interest components of 2003 net post-retirement benefit expense by $25,000. Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by 1% in each year would have reduced the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2003 by $820,000, and the aggregate of the benefits earned and interest components of 2003 net post-retirement benefit expense by $25,000.

 

74


NOTE 13:

 

STOCK-RELATED BENEFIT PLANS

 

Stock Plans

 

At the time of its conversion to stock form, the Bank established the following stock plans:

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”)

 

In connection with the conversion, the Company loaned $19.4 million to the ESOP to purchase 18,583,440 shares. In the second quarter of 2002, the Company loaned an additional $14.8 million to the ESOP for the purchase of 906,667 shares of the common stock that were sold in the secondary offering on May 14, 2002. The two loans were consolidated in 2002 into a single loan, which is being repaid at a fixed interest rate of 4.75% over a period of time not to exceed 30 years. The Bank is obligated to repay the loan by making periodic contributions. The obligation to make such contributions is reduced to the extent of any investment earnings realized on such contributions and any dividends paid on shares held in the unallocated stock account. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the loan had an outstanding balance of $14.4 million and $18.9 million, respectively. Interest expense for the obligation was $896,000; $708,000; and $422,500, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001.

 

As the loan is repaid, shares are released from a suspense account and are allocated among participants on the basis of compensation, as described in the plan, in the year of allocation. The Bank made no contributions to the ESOP during 2003 and 2002. Dividends and investment income on ESOP shares that were used for debt service amounted to approximately $5.3 million, $1.7 million, and $658,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001.

 

All full-time employees who have attained 21 years of age and who have completed 12 consecutive months of credited service are eligible to participate in the ESOP. Benefits vest on a seven-year basis, starting with 20% in the third year of employment and continuing in 20% increments each year thereafter, and are payable upon death, retirement, disability, or separation from service, and may be payable in cash or stock. However, in the event of a change in control, as defined in the plan, any unvested portion of benefits shall vest immediately.

 

In 2003 and 2002, the Company allocated 1,341,345 and 374,450 ESOP shares, respectively, to participants. At December 31, 2003, there were 5,068,648 shares remaining for future allocation, with a market value of $144.6 million. The Bank recognizes compensation expense for the ESOP based on the average market price of the common stock during the year at the date of allocation. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the Company recorded ESOP-related compensation expense of $29.6 million, $5.9 million, and $22.8 million, respectively.

 

Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (“SERP”)

 

In 1993, the Bank also established a SERP, which provided additional unfunded, non-qualified benefits to certain participants in the ESOP in the form of common stock. The SERP was frozen in 1999. The plan maintained $3.1 million of trust-held assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, based upon the cost of said assets. Trust-held assets, consisting entirely of the Company’s common stock, amounted to 854,552 shares at both December 31, 2003 and 2002. The cost of such shares is reflected as contra-equity and additional paid-in capital in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company recorded no SERP-related compensation expense in 2003 or 2002.

 

Recognition and Retention Plans and Trusts (“RRPs”)

 

At the time of the conversion, the Bank contributed a total of $5.5 million to the RRPs to enable them to acquire an aggregate of 5,899,500 shares. As of December 31, 2003, a total of 5,875,279 shares had been granted and were fully vested under the RRPs. No shares were awarded in 2003 or 2002. At December 31, 2003, the RRP held 24,221 unallocated shares with a cost basis of $41,000, which has been accounted for as a reduction in stockholders’ equity. Previously granted awards vested at a rate of 33-1/3% per year for directors and at a rate of 20% per year for officers and employees. Any unvested awards become 100% vested upon termination of employment due to death, disability, or normal retirement, or following a change in control of the Bank or the Company. The Bank recognizes expense based on the original cost of the common stock at the date of grant for the RRPs. The Company recorded no compensation expense for the RRPs in 2003, 2002, or 2001.

 

75


Stock Option Plans

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had eight stock option plans: the 1993 and 1997 New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plans, the 1993 and 1996 Haven Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plans, the 1998 Richmond County Financial Corp. Stock Compensation Plan, the T R Financial Corp. 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, and the Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. 1997 and 2001 Stock-Based Incentive Plans (collectively, the “Stock Option Plans”). As the Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for these plans, no compensation cost has been recognized.

 

Under the Stock Option Plans, each granted stock option entitles the holder to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Options vest in whole or in part over two to five years from the date of issuance, and expire ten years from the date on which they were granted. However, all options become 100% exercisable in the event that employment is terminated due to death, disability, normal retirement, or in the event of a change in control of the Bank or the Company.

 

The Company primarily utilizes common stock held in Treasury to satisfy the exercise of options. The difference between the average cost of Treasury shares and the exercise price is recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings on the date of exercise. At December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, the number of outstanding options under the Stock Option Plans was 26,573,524; 19,418,313; and 11,662,165, respectively. In connection with the Roslyn merger, the Company acquired three stock option plans which held a total of 7,938,221 outstanding options. The number of outstanding options at December 31, 2003 includes 7,690,052 outstanding options relating to the three Roslyn stock option plans.

 

At December 31, 2003, there were 356,735 shares reserved for future issuance under the Company’s Stock Option Plans.

 

The status of the Stock Option Plans at December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, and changes during the years ending on those dates, are summarized below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

    

Number

of Stock

Options (1)


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price (1)


  

Number

of Stock

Options (1)


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price (1)


  

Number

of Stock

Options (1)


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price (1)


Stock options outstanding, beginning of year

   19,418,313     $12.81    11,662,165     $  8.99    9,779,460     $  4.48

Granted

   4,658,571     16.48    10,895,788     14.47    2,712,116     8.65

Assumed in acquisitions

   7,938,221     16.15    —       —      6,376,772     10.32

Exercised and forfeited

   (5,441,581 )   12.58    (3,139,640 )   4.37    (7,206,183 )   3.92
    

 
  

 
  

 

Stock options outstanding, end of year

   26,573,524     $14.50    19,418,313     $12.81    11,662,165     $  8.99
    

 
  

 
  

 

Options exercisable at year-end

   16,289,759          10,686,580          8,461,321      

Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year

   $11.93          $3.75          $6.06      
    

      

      

   

 

(1) Amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

76


The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

 

Range of

Exercise

Price


  

Number

of Options

Outstanding at

December 31,

2003


  

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

of Options

Outstanding


  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


  

Options

Exercisable at

December 31,

2003


  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


$5.01   - $10.75

   2,460,588    5.10 years    $  6.09    2,390,588    $  6.01

$11.21 - $15.71

   15,912,148    7.23      14.30    10,955,609      14.59

$16.06 - $18.40

   7,627,779    8.40      17.04    2,724,844      18.33

$21.35 - $23.50

   573,009    9.06      22.36    218,718      21.37
    
  
  
  
  
     26,573,524    7.40 years    $14.50    16,289,759    $14.05
    
  
  
  
  

 

NOTE 14:

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of fair value information about the Company’s on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Quoted market prices, when available, are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on present-value estimates or other valuation techniques. These derived fair values are significantly affected by assumptions used, the timing of future cash flows, and the discount rate.

 

Because assumptions are inherently subjective in nature, the estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent market quotes. In addition, in many cases, the estimated fair values would not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument.

 

The following table summarizes the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s on-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2002

(in thousands)   

Carrying

Value


  

Estimated

Fair Value


  

Carrying

Value


  

Estimated

Fair Value


FINANCIAL ASSETS:

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 287,071    $ 287,071    $ 97,645    $ 97,645

Securities held to maturity

     1,184,338      1,214,094      512,585      530,704

Mortgage-backed and -related securities held to maturity

     2,038,560      2,004,902      36,947      38,489

Securities available for sale

     6,277,034      6,277,034      3,952,130      3,952,130

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     170,915      170,915      186,860      186,860

Loans, net

     10,422,078      10,646,642      5,443,572      5,511,132

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

                           

Deposits

   $ 10,329,106    $ 10,335,105    $ 5,256,042    $ 5,225,380

Borrowings

     9,931,013      10,030,440      4,592,069      4,882,223

Mortgagors’ escrow

     31,240      31,240      13,749      13,749

 

The methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair values pertaining to the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold. The estimated fair values of cash and cash equivalents are assumed to equal their carrying values, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.

 

77


Securities and Mortgage-backed and –related Securities Held to Maturity and Available for Sale

 

The fair values of debt, equity, and mortgage-backed and –related securities are estimated based on bid quotations received from security dealers or on prices obtained from firms specializing in providing security pricing services.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

 

The fair value of FHLB-NY stock approximates the carrying amount, which is at cost.

 

Loans

 

The loan portfolio is segregated into various components for valuation purposes in order to group loans based on their significant financial characteristics, such as loan type (mortgages or other) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values are estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

 

The estimated fair values of mortgage and other loans are computed by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios. The discount rates reflect current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The estimated fair values of non-performing mortgage and other loans are based on recent collateral appraisals.

 

The above technique of estimating fair value is extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management has attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflect the Company’s loan portfolio and the current market, a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in formal trading marketplaces. Accordingly, readers are cautioned in using this information for purposes of evaluating the financial condition and/or value of the Company in and of itself or in comparison with any other company.

 

Deposits

 

The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (NOW, money market, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair values of CDs represent contractual cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. These estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships, which comprise a significant portion of the Bank’s deposit base. Management believes that the Bank’s core deposit relationships represent a relatively stable, low-cost source of funding that has a substantial intangible value separate from the value of the deposit balances.

 

Borrowings

 

The estimated fair value of borrowings is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows with interest rates currently in effect for borrowings with similar maturities and collateral requirements.

 

Other Receivables and Payables

 

The fair values are estimated to equal their respective carrying values since they are short-term.

 

Off-balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit are estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers. The fair value of commitments to purchase securities available for sale is based on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties. The estimated fair values of these off-balance sheet financial instruments resulted in no unrealized gain or loss at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

 

78


NOTE 15:

 

RESTRICTIONS ON THE BANK

 

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Bank can supply funds to the parent company and its non-bank subsidiaries. As a converted stock-form savings bank, the Bank requires the approval of the Superintendent of the New York State Banking Department if dividends declared in any calendar year exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, if any, and all federal and local taxes.

 

NOTE 16:

 

PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Following are the condensed financial statements for New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (parent company only):

 

Condensed Statements of Condition

 

     At December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

ASSETS

             

Cash

   $ 38,125    $ 490

Money market investments

     61,452      123,621

Securities held to maturity (estimated market value of $10,700 and $10,535, respectively)

     10,000      10,000

Securities available for sale

     57,562      3,257

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries, net

     3,426,824      1,394,723

Other assets

     52,524      19,499
    

  

Total assets

   $ 3,646,487    $ 1,551,590
    

  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             

Senior notes

   $ 204,893    $ —  

Other liabilities

     572,937      459,890
    

  

Total liabilities

     777,830      459,890
    

  

Stockholders’ equity

     2,868,657      1,091,700
    

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,646,487    $ 1,551,590
    

  

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,

(in thousands)    2003

   2002

    2001

Interest income

   $ 2,749    $ 3,077     $ 943

Dividends from subsidiaries

     195,000      —         —  

Gain on securities

     117      —         —  

Other income

     34      —         —  
    

  


 

Total income

     197,900      3,077       943

Operating expenses

     32,233      17,189       129
    

  


 

Income (loss) before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings

     165,667      (14,112 )     814

Income tax expense

     300      300       268
    

  


 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     165,367      (14,412 )     546

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     158,004      243,642       103,921
    

  


 

Net income

   $ 323,371    $ 229,230     $ 104,467
    

  


 

 

79


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003

    2002

    2001

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Net income

   $ 323,371     $ 229,230     $ 104,467  

Change in other assets

     (27,038 )     (12,622 )     19,885  

Change in other liabilities

     113,938       153,286       287,965  

Gain on securities

     (117 )     —         —    

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (158,004 )     (243,642 )     (103,921 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     252,150       126,252       308,396  
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Payments for purchase of securities

     (70,352 )     —         (11,232 )

Proceeds from sales of securities

     16,984       —         —    

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (1,676,034 )     (182,423 )     (736,415 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,729,402 )     (182,423 )     (747,647 )
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                        

Shares issued in the Roslyn merger, the secondary offering, and the Richmond County merger, respectively

     1,422,644       95,569       693,306  

Purchase of Treasury stock

     (99,059 )     (119,980 )     (121,048 )

Treasury stock issued in the Roslyn merger and the secondary offering, respectively

     88,409       67,303       —    

Senior unsecured debt acquired in the Roslyn merger

     204,893       —         —    

Dividends paid

     (131,070 )     (78,360 )     (43,955 )

Exercise of stock options

     (32,821 )     18,591       5,627  

Stock warrants issued in connection with BONUSES SM Units

     —         89,915       —    

Fractional shares issued

     (278 )     —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,452,718       73,038       533,930  
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (24,534 )     16,867       94,679  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     124,111       107,244       12,565  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 99,577     $ 124,111     $ 107,244  
    


 


 


 

NOTE 17:

 

REGULATORY MATTERS

 

The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the New York State Banking Department and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “Regulators”). The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), which established five capital categories ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the Regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). At December 31, 2003, the Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios. In the opinion of management, no conditions or events have transpired since said notification that have changed the institution’s category.

 

80


The following table presents the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as well as the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes and for categorization as a well capitalized institution:

 

At December 31, 2003

(dollars in thousands)

   Actual

    For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes


   

To Be

Well Capitalized

Under Prompt

Corrective Action

Provisions


 
   Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 1,586,505    14.68 %   $ 864,635    8.00 %   $ 1,080,794    10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     1,508,166    13.95       432,317    4.00       648,476    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)

     1,508,166    7.95       758,471    4.00       948,089    5.00  
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

At December 31, 2002

(dollars in thousands)

   Actual

    For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes


   

To Be

Well Capitalized

Under Prompt

Corrective Action

Provisions


 
   Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 862,924    17.01 %   $ 405,879    8.00 %   $ 507,349    10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     821,793    16.20       202,940    4.00       304,409    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)

     821,793    8.18       401,921    4.00       502,401    5.00  
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

Under this framework, and based upon the Bank’s capital levels, no prior regulatory approval is necessary for the Bank to accept brokered deposits.

 

The Company is subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administered by the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”). The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis) that are substantially similar to those of the FDIC for the Bank.

 

The following table presents the Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios as well as the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes:

 

At December 31, 2003

(dollars in thousands)

   Actual

   

For Capital

Adequacy Purposes


 
   Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 1,680,214    15.46 %   $ 1,086,784    10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     1,472,874    13.55       652,070    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)

     1,472,874    7.72       954,475    5.00  
    

  

 

  

 

At December 31, 2002

(dollars in thousands)

   Actual

    For Capital
Adequacy Purposes


 
   Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 749,044    14.71 %   $ 509,325    10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     707,834    13.90       305,595    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)

     707,834    7.03       503,102    5.00  
    

  

 

  

 

On January 30, 2004, the Company generated net proceeds of $399.5 million in connection with its offering of 13.5 million shares of common stock. Had the offering occurred prior to December 31, 2003, the Company’s ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets would have amounted to 18.79% and 16.92%, and its ratio of Tier 1 leverage capital to average assets would have amounted to 9.61% at that date.

 

81


NOTE 18:

 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 follows:

 

     2003

    2002

 
(in thousands, except per share data)    4th

    3rd

    2nd

    1st

    4th

    3rd

    2nd

    1st

 

Net interest income

   $ 172,813     $ 115,505     $ 108,355     $ 108,300     $ 95,900     $ 98,857     $ 95,435     $ 83,064  

Provision for loan losses

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other operating income

     73,545       30,321       33,679       26,442       30,438       23,606       27,981       19,795  

Operating expenses

     66,236       35,263       33,935       33,939       32,225       33,849       33,324       33,664  

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     2,407       1,500       1,500       1,500       1,500       1,500       1,500       1,500  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before income tax expense

     177,715       109,063       106,599       99,303       92,613       87,114       88,592       67,695  

Income tax expense

     65,650       36,878       34,847       31,935       28,191       26,756       30,463       21,374  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 112,065     $ 72,185     $ 71,752     $ 67,368     $ 64,422     $ 60,358     $ 58,129     $ 46,321  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Diluted earnings per common share (1)

     $0.48       $0.40       $0.40       $0.37       $0.35       $0.33       $0.32       $0.26  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cash dividends declared per common share (1)

     $0.19       $0.17       $0.16       $0.14       $0.11       $0.11       $0.11       $0.09  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Dividend payout ratio

     40 %     43 %     40 %     38 %     32 %     34 %     35 %     34 %
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Average common shares and equivalents outstanding (1)

     234,983       182,741       180,722       182,375       186,046       186,267       182,642       176,935  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Stock price per common share (1) :

                                                                

High (2)

     $29.45       $24.90       $21.82       $16.84       $16.88       $17.99       $16.94       $16.68  

Low (2)

     23.93       21.65       16.67       15.43       14.15       13.94       14.16       12.98  

Close

     28.54       23.63       21.82       16.76       16.25       15.85       15.01       15.55  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

(1) Amounts have been adjusted to reflect 4-for-3 stock splits on February 17, 2004 and May 21, 2003.

 

(2) Reflects high and low closing prices during the respective quarters as reported by the New York Stock Exchange (from December 20, 2002 to December 31, 2003) and the Nasdaq Stock Market ® (from January 1, 2002 to December 19, 2002).

 

82


MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

 

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS:

 

Management has prepared, and is responsible for, the consolidated financial statements and related financial information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and reflect management’s judgments and estimates with respect to certain transactions and events. Financial information included elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded properly to permit preparation of financial statements; that they are executed in accordance with management’s authorizations; and that assets are safeguarded from significant loss or unauthorized use. The internal control structure and procedures established by management are also designed for complying with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness which are designated by federal regulatory agencies. Management believes that such laws and regulations were complied with during fiscal year 2003, and that its system of internal controls and procedures were adequate to accomplish the intended objectives.

 

/s/    Joseph R. Ficalora


  

/s/    Michael P. Puorro


Joseph R. Ficalora    Michael P. Puorro
President and    Executive Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer    Chief Financial Officer

 

January 26, 2004

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles.” Also as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations.”

 

/s/    KPMG LLP


New York, New York

February 17, 2004

 

83

EXHIBIT 23.0

 

Independent Auditors’ Consent

 

The Board of Directors

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.:

 

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-32881, 333-105901, 333-51998, 333-89826 and 333-66366) on Form S-8 and the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-86682, 333-105350, and 333-100767) on Form S-3 of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated February 17, 2004, relating to the consolidated statements of condition of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, which report appears in the December 31, 2003 annual report and is incorporated by reference on Form 10-K of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Our report refers to changes in 2002, as the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles.” Our report also refers to changes in 2001, as the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations.”

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
March 15, 2004

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Joseph R. Ficalora, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of New York Community Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or reasonably likely to affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 15, 2004       BY:  

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

             
               

Joseph R. Ficalora

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Michael P. Puorro, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of New York Community Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or reasonably likely to affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 15, 2004

     

BY:

 

/s/ Michael P. Puorro

             
               

Michael P. Puorro

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended on December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Joseph R. Ficalora, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

DATE: March 15, 2004       BY:  

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

             
               

Joseph R. Ficalora

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended on December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Michael P. Puorro, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

DATE: March 15, 2004       BY:  

/s/ Michael P. Puorro

             
               

Michael P. Puorro

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)